• Customize Trip

Nepal Spirit Adventure Pvt. Ltd.

  • TripAdvisor Awards 2018/2019/2020/2021/2022
  • WhatsApp & Viber +977 9851072590
  • Mail Support [email protected]

Everest Base Camp Trek in March

  • Everest Base Camp Trek in March
  • You are here:
  • Travel News

Everest Base Camp Trek in March: Weather, Travel Tips, Packing List and More

  • Dec 31, 2021

Table of Contents

Everest base camp trek in march .

Trek to Everest Base Camp during the March month is the ultimate time for high altitude walkers in Nepal Himalaya kingdom. March month is the beginning of spring in this season everything invigorates a new life of nature, the trekking trail will be quiet and offer you an amazing experience of the Everest base camp trek.

While the climate in the mountains is still cold and may still be a problem in some places. The environment is very fresh and able to see very clear mountain vistas. The meadows and forest will be in full bloom with riots of colors of wildflowers specially rhododendron is the national flower of Nepal.

You will be completely enjoying your EBC trek, trekkers hit the trail in larger numbers again in March as well are much good reason to do this trip, here’s what you need to know more details about the trek to Everest Base Camp in March .

NSA group of trekkers heading toward to Everest base camp

Weather 

It is not a month for rain, meaning a very good chance to have beautiful weather and can able to see a clear mountain view along with your trekking to Mt. Everest base camp at 5,364m | 17,593ft . March month s just being the transition from the winter season to spring and will be very fresh weather condition and still, some major trek high passes trek route could be covered by snow. The temperature approximately could be at Everest base camp almost 7 degrees that all in depending on the weather condition.

All the EBC trekkers can enjoy day trek weather night and the morning feels still cold but mountain views are very clear and could able to share your Everest base camp trek experience in good adventure trip and wonderful mountains view in March month trek to Everest Base Camp. There are other benefits for trekkers can enjoy with their hike exploration of Sherpa homeland, and valley in beautiful weather but do not keep in your mind the temperature in the EBC route is unpredictable.

Everest-base-camp-trek-in-march

Travel Tips

As per my previous experience, providing you the following Tips about Everest Base Camp Trek in March grab it then share your different experiences with us.

Accommodation, Food, and Cost

Trek to Everest Base Camp in March month would not busy as much as April and May. You can find almost similar lodge-teahouses accommodation on the trek route of EBC beside Lukla and Namche Bazaar both places can able make the overnight sleep in a fancy hotel. Trekking with a good through best local trek operator manages all standard lodges along the EBC trek period.

You can eat breakfast and lunch at the same place where you sleep overnight if you do not eat the same lodge your room bill costs go up to lunch at different Sherpa restaurants day by day and you require to eat Nepali hygienic food as well can find western continental Chinese. Overall daily meals: breakfast, lunch, and dinner cost you approximately USD 20-22 dollars per person per day through Nepalese style.

Advance Well Prepared

Before starting your trek in the high altitude of Everest base camp you need to prepare well in advance! Because the weather in the Everest region is could in morning and night so, you can wear a layer of clothes so that you can add or remove your clothes based on weather conditions.

As you have a very good dream to reach Everest base camp at 5,364m, you require to do in advance morning exercise such as morning walk and cycling it means our muscle and body is fit for trekking 5-6 hours a day along the EBC trek.

Start Your Trek in Early

As per global O’clock in Nepal Everest trek region the March month day is short, the night will be longer, while we require to walk every day 6-7 hours walk before reaching Everest base camp and you need also extra time break for the daily lunch break, soft drink break if you start your trek every day early after the breakfast as per your EBC trek itinerary you will get enough hours time for exploration even more details which is also top tips for you.

Acclimatization

For high altitude trek such as Everest Base Camp-Kalapatthar 5,545m hike, you require at least two rest days (acclimatization) before reaching the EBC which days will help you to your better achievement and require drinks to hydrate regularly to cope with altitude sickness as well the process of acclimatization slowly increases the level of oxygen in your body. Do not make the whole day sleep in the two rest days period you need to ascending at least 300-400 up then descend at your overnight stop point, drinks 3-4 letters clean water help you to get more advantage entire your trek.

Trip Advance Booking

March month is not a busy season, after the 2nd of the week, the trek trail will be started crowds by mass of trekking group sometimes unable to find the accommodation after the Namche. This affects your trekking experience, not in good condition. To get rid of these problems you must select your trek itinerary and book as early as possible for your trip secure advance booking which makes your EBC trip comfortable and never feels again of a bad situation.

Trekkers heading to Everest base camp from Gorakhshep

Packing List What to Bring

As we are planning to do the trek during march month, the winter season just passed, and still have a chance to get the cold at high altitude trek routes. Everest Base Camp Trek equipment is very important to know before packing your list in baggage, even though teahouses usually provide blankets but we recommend you bring your own warm sleeping bags. Blankets at teahouses aren’t washed very often due to high altitude and busy season time. A warm down jacket is also necessary for the trek to Everest base camp in March.

It is our great pleasure to recommend in the following EBC trek equipment that what to bring with you while you are doing Everest base camp trek in March as well as you can look up and shopping in Kathmandu-Thamel after your arrival in Nepal but time is also important. Also bring good merino and synthetic fiber clothing to keep you warm in the evenings and nights, as well as woolen hats, gloves, socks, and scarves. Sunscreen is also a must however, Visit this link for your Packing list: Recommend EBC trek equipment

Events In March

The Everest region is mostly Tibetan Buddhist in culture and religion, and several of Nepal’s various exciting festivals come from Hindu traditions, so are not widely celebrated in the mountains zone. If you are planning a trek in Nepal in March, you can share your experience on of the following festivals in Kathmandu before or after your EBC trek .

Hindu traditional Nepalese festival typically follows a lunar calendar, so some festivals that fall in March one year may be in February of April the next. The festivals that often fall in March that you can meet in the following during your Everest base camp trek

Maha Shivaratri

Shivratri-the night of Lord Shiva: This is one the greatest festivals of Hindu religion, celebrated in honor of Lord Shiva. A great religious fair takes place in the Pasupatinath Temple (UNESCO world heritage site) and thousands of people from all over Nepal and India visit this temple they are fast the whole day and celebrate at night. On this day more than a thousand Sadhus (Hindu holy men) are gathered to worship Lord Shiva at Pashupatinath Temple that day and night will be special smoking merriment. 

Ghodejatra is known as the festival of horses. It is one of the most exciting festivals in Kathmandu city. Horse face and other sports take place at Tundikhet on this day in other parts of the city the various deities are carried shoulder-high on wheels chariot (Khat) with the accompaniment of traditional music. Mainly this festival performs horse by Nepal army.

This is an interesting festival in Nepal which is known as the festival of colors. People are playing and enjoying throwing different colors between the people of group, families together celebration, they do celebrate this festival two days one for the hilly region, and another for Tari belt.

Popular Trek in Everest Region

Everest Base Camp Helicopter Trek 10 Days

EBC Short Trek 12 Days

Everest View Trek 11 Days

Classic Everest Base Camp Trek 16 Days

Gokyo Lake Renjo La Pass Trek 15 Days

base camp trek in march

Trek in Nepal Himalaya on high altitude foothill walking is not easy but people have a dream to reach the world’s highest base camp once in a lifetime. In this trek, if you are preparing perfectly for your trekking then you will be successful to reach Everest base camp at 5,364m. You walk slowly from Lukla to EBC with having enough high altitude acclimatization days, book your EBC trek with an expertise Nepal base trek company.

Friendly and experienced trek guides and staff only can make your trip a comfortable and easy journey and start this adventure trek you need to take a short flight from Kathmandu to Lukla. The Lukla flights are normally scheduled before 12 pm; sometimes the flight could be delayed due to frequent changes in the climate of Lukla. But don’t worry flight is scheduled after the climate is favorable for the flight or could be scheduled for the next day.

During the Everest Base Camp Trek in March, the average walking period for trekkers is 5-7 hours per day. If you are uncomfortable with this situation you can apply Luxury Everest Lodge Trek  or start the trek slowly from Lukla to Everest base camp then take a helicopter flight to Kathmandu that would be also another advantage of a lifetime experience taking a helicopter flight from a high altitude Gorakh Shep (5170m/16962ft) to Kathmandu which require you 11 night 12 days from Kathmandu to Kathmandu call Everest Base Camp Helicopter Trek

  • Everest base camp trek
  • Everest Base Camp Trek Tips

Quick Inquiry

Recent post.

Lumbini birthplace of Buddha

Lumbini birthplace of Buddha

Group Join Trekking to Everest Base Camp

Group Join Trekking to Everest Base Camp

Complete Guide Trek in Annapurna Base Camp

Complete Guide Trek Annapurna Base Camp

Related posts.

  • Chungsi Cave Upper Mustang Nepal
  • Trekking in Nepal Himalaya
  • Everest Base Camp Trek
  • Everest Base Camp Trek Itinerary
  • Nepal Trekking Season
  • News and Events
  • Pilgrims Tour
  • Travel & Trekking
  • Travel Trekking Insurance
  • Trek and Festival
  • Trekking and Tour
  • Visit Lumbini
  • Why Everest Trek in October

+977 9841319155

Everest Base Camp Trek in March: Weather, Route, and More

everest-base-camp-trek-in-march

Wondering when to trek the Everest Base Camp ? Well, then the best answer is March. Yes, trekking to the Everest Base Camp Trek in March is one of the best times of the year to opt for the EBC trek. From the stunning landscapes, clear skies, and breathtaking views to the magical mountain vistas, March offers the most wonderful trekking experiences as a whole.

March marks the beginning of the spring season in the Himalayas. The whole Khumbu valley comes alive once again breaking the end of the winter season. The snow begins to melt, revealing the majestic Himalayan peaks beneath. These towering giants shine in the sun, offering awe-inspiring views that are a true feast for the eyes. Frozen lakes thaw and transform into stunning turquoise pools, reflecting the sky above and adding to the allure of the landscape.

So, in this blog, we will discuss in depth about the various aspects of trekking to the Everest Base Camp Trek in March.

But before that let’s have a look at the major highlights of the Everest Base Camp Trek in March.

  • Ideal trekking weather with comfortable temperatures.
  • Spectacular landscapes with blooming rhododendrons and clear skies.
  • Unobstructed views of majestic Himalayan peaks.
  • Cultural immersion with Sherpa festivals.
  • Opportunity for wildlife sightings.
  • Reduced risk of extreme cold.
  • Picturesque lakes and rivers along the route.

Weather Conditions and Temperature in March

In March, the Everest Base Camp Trek welcomes adventurers with a fascinating blend of weather conditions. This month marks the transition from the harsh winter season to the rejuvenating spring, known as “Bashant Ritu” in Nepal. During the day, temperatures are relatively warm, reaching approximately 17 degrees Celsius (62.6°F), creating a comfortable atmosphere for trekking. However, as the sun sets and the mornings arrive, the mercury plunges, often dipping to as low as -7 to -12 degrees Celsius (19.4 to 10.4°F). This shift necessitates warm clothing to combat the chilly nights.

Talking about the weather conditions, what makes March particularly enticing for trekkers is its reputation as a dry season, boasting low humidity levels and minimal rainfall. These conditions result in nearly constant clear skies, providing unobstructed views of the awe-inspiring mountain vistas. While precipitation is scarce, early March may occasionally surprise trekkers with snow showers at higher altitudes, adding an element of adventure to the journey.

Perhaps the most captivating aspect of trekking to the Everest Base Camp Trek in March is the clarity of the skies, which provides trekkers with a front-row seat to the grandeur of the Himalayan peaks. The absence of fog or dense cloud cover allows for crystal-clear views, including the iconic Mount Everest, Lhotse, Nuptse, and Ama Dablam among many others. Additionally, these clear skies translate to fewer Lukla flight disruptions, enhancing the overall trekking experience.

Main Attractions of the Everest Base Camp Trek in March

Blooming Rhododendrons and Vibrant Wildlife:

March brings life back to the Khumbu Valley. The rhododendron forests come to life with colorful blossoms, creating a stunning contrast against the snowy peaks. Along the trekking trail, flowers of all shapes and sizes bloom, painting the terrain with shades of red, yellow, and purple. The sweet fragrance of wildflowers fills the air, creating a sensory symphony that envelops trekkers in a natural paradise.

With the arrival of spring, the region’s wildlife also becomes more active. Trekkers may have the chance to spot various Himalayan species, including pheasants and musk deer, as they venture out in search of food and mates. The sighting of these creatures adds an element of adventure to your trek.

Festivals and Cultural Insights:

March often coincides with the colorful and vibrant festivals celebrated by the Sherpa community, such as Losar (Tibetan New Year). Participating in these celebrations can provide you with a deeper cultural understanding of the region and a chance to interact with the warm-hearted locals who call the Khumbu Valley home. You might even get the chance to witness traditional dances and ceremonies that are an integral part of Sherpa culture.

Avoiding Crowds:

Unlike the busier trekking months of April, May, October, and November, March provides a much quieter experience than those months. The trekkers are just starting to flow in which makes the trails less crowded, allowing you to relish the tranquility of the Himalayas and connect with fellow trekkers in a more intimate setting. It’s an excellent time for those seeking a peaceful escape in nature.

Food and Accommodations

One of the advantages of trekking to Everest Base Camp in March is the easy accessibility of the accommodations because the EBC route is not as busy as in April. All the hotels, lodges, and teahouses start to open as soon the March begins. Hence, you can fully immerse and experience the trek without having to worry about getting the accommodations or booking the rooms beforehand.

Accommodations throughout the Everest region offer cozy rooms equipped with essential dining facilities. These rooms include basic amenities such as beds, pillows, blankets, towels, and other necessities to cater to the needs of trekkers. It’s worth noting that most teahouses provide rooms on a twin-sharing basis. However, for those seeking more privacy, single private rooms are readily available, at a slightly higher cost than the standard rate.

Furthermore, the teahouses in the Everest region boast a delectable array of dishes to satiate your appetite. Whether you prefer vegetarian or non-vegetarian options, you’ll find a variety of flavorful meals to enjoy after a long day of hiking. These dishes are carefully prepared to provide the necessary nutrition and energy to sustain you on your trekking journey.

Other recommended trekking routes in March

In addition to the classic Everest Base Camp Trek, the Everest region in March offers a wide array of trekking options to suit various preferences and time durations. Whether you have limited time or seek extended adventures, Everest caters to all trekking enthusiasts.

For those with a shorter duration available, the Everest View Trek, spanning 6-10 days, is an excellent choice. This trek provides a comparable trekking experience to the Everest Base Camp journey. While you won’t reach the Base Camp, you’ll still be treated to awe-inspiring views of Everest and other majestic mountains, all while enjoying the scenic beauty of the region.

As for additional side trips, two popular options include the Gokyo Lake Trek and the Ama Dablam Base Camp Trek. The turquoise Gokyo Lake and the stunning Ama Dablam offer unforgettable vistas that are truly worth experiencing at least once in a lifetime.

For those with a strong desire for a hardcore adventure, consider the Three High Pass Trek or engage in peak climbing. March is generally an accessible time for peak climbing in the Everest region, with options like Island Peak , Lobuche Peak , and Mera Peak . These endeavors provide the ultimate challenge and reward for adventure seekers, allowing you to conquer some of the region’s most iconic peaks.

accommodation-in-gokyo-valley

Everest Trek Difficulty in March

March stands out as one of the most favorable months for trekking in the Everest region. Nevertheless, the level of trek difficulty remains contingent on an individual’s fitness and readiness. The trail’s rugged terrain, undulating landscapes, and diverse geography bestow both adventure and challenges upon trekkers. Undoubtedly, altitude emerges as the primary determinant of Everest Base Camp trek difficulty , with one’s mental and physical well-being playing pivotal roles. Whether you are a seasoned trekker or a novice, the trek’s inherent challenges cannot be circumvented.

However, trekking in March offers a notable reduction in difficulty when compared to the winter or monsoon seasons. During this time, the trails are clear of snow, ice, and mud, ensuring a smooth journey. The warmer weather adds to the trek’s suitability, allowing you to explore comfortably. To reduce the risk of altitude sickness , it is essential to maintain proper hydration and adopt a deliberate walking pace. Additionally, the option of hiring porters to shoulder your backpacks can alleviate the physical strain.

In general, the Everest Base Camp trek in March is not a challenging trek. With adequate guidance and meticulous preparations, virtually anyone can undertake this remarkable journey with confidence.

What to pack for the Everest Base Camp Trek in March?

Packing for the Everest Base Camp Trek in March requires careful consideration due to the varying weather conditions and the need to stay comfortable while hiking at high altitudes. Here’s a comprehensive list of what to pack:

Moisture-Wicking Base Layers: Lightweight, moisture-wicking tops and bottoms to keep you dry and warm.

Insulating Layers: Fleece or down jackets to provide warmth in colder conditions.

Waterproof Jacket: A durable, waterproof, and windproof jacket to shield against rain and cold winds.

Trekking Pants: Comfortable, quick-drying trekking pants with zip-off options for versatility.

Warm Hat and Gloves: Insulated gloves and a warm hat to protect against the cold.

Thermal Socks: A few pairs of moisture-wicking and insulating socks.

Hiking Boots: Sturdy, waterproof, and well-fitting hiking boots with good ankle support.

Gaiters: To keep snow, rocks, and debris out of your boots.

Accessories:

Sunglasses: Polarized sunglasses with UV protection to shield your eyes from the bright mountain sun.

Sunscreen: High SPF sunscreen to protect your skin from the intense mountain sun.

Lip Balm: Moisturizing lip balm with SPF to prevent chapped lips.

Headlamp/Flashlight: A reliable headlamp or flashlight with extra batteries for evening use.

Trekking Poles: Collapsible trekking poles for added stability during the hike.

Buff or Neck Gaiter: Versatile for covering your face, neck, or head as needed.

Backpack and Gear:

Backpack: A comfortable, sturdy backpack with a rain cover for carrying your essentials.

Sleeping Bag: A good-quality, cold-rated sleeping bag suitable for the trek.

Water Bottles or Hydration System: At least two reusable water bottles or a hydration reservoir to stay hydrated.

Toiletries:

Toothbrush and Toothpaste: Compact and travel-sized options.

Soap and Shampoo: Biodegradable soap and shampoo for eco-friendly use.

Wet wipes and toilet papers

Passport and Permits: Keep your passport, permits, and photocopies in a waterproof bag.

Snacks: High-energy snacks like energy bars, nuts, and dried fruits.

Cash: Carry some Nepali Rupees for expenses along the way, as ATMs are limited.

Trekking Maps and Guidebook: Handy for navigation and information about the trek.

Tips for the Everest Base Camp Trek in March

Trekking to Everest Base Camp in March is a rewarding adventure, but it comes with its own set of challenges and considerations. Here are some valuable tips to help you make the most of your trek:

1. Start Your Trek Early:

Begin your trek early in the day to take advantage of the clear morning skies and minimize the risk of afternoon cloud cover obstructing mountain views.

2. Layer Your Clothing:

March weather can be variable. Layer your clothing so you can easily adjust to temperature changes throughout the day. This allows you to stay comfortable as you ascend to higher altitudes or if the weather unexpectedly shifts.

3. Stay Hydrated:

Dehydration is a common issue at high altitudes. Drink plenty of water throughout the day to stay well-hydrated, and consider using a hydration system for easy access to water while walking.

4. Walk Slowly and Steadily:

The higher you go, the thinner the air becomes. Walk at a slow, steady pace to acclimatize properly and reduce the risk of altitude sickness.

5. Acclimatize Properly:

Plan rest days into your itinerary to allow your body to adjust to the altitude. Use these days to explore nearby villages or take short hikes to higher altitudes and then return to sleep at a lower elevation.

6. Hire a Local Guide and Porter:

Consider hiring a local guide who is familiar with the terrain and can help you acclimatize safely. Porters can carry your heavy backpack, reducing the physical strain on you.

7. Pack Snacks:

Carry high-energy snacks like energy bars, nuts, and dried fruits to keep your energy levels up while trekking.

8. Respect Local Culture:

Be mindful of the local culture and customs. Remove your shoes when entering homes or monasteries and ask for permission before taking photos of people.

9. Bring Sufficient Cash:

ATMs are scarce along the trekking route, so carry enough Nepali Rupees for expenses like food, accommodation, and incidentals.

10. Stay Warm and Dry:

Ensure you have proper rain gear and a waterproof cover for your backpack, as mountain weather can be unpredictable, and rain or snow showers are possible.

11. Be Prepared for Tea Houses:

Tea houses along the route offer simple accommodations and meals. Don’t expect luxurious amenities, but enjoy the unique experience of staying in these mountain lodges.

12. Train and Prepare:

Before your trek, engage in physical training to build your stamina and fitness. Cardiovascular exercises and strength training can help prepare your body for the demands of high-altitude trekking.

13. Respect the Environment:

Practice responsible trekking by disposing of waste properly and avoiding single-use plastics. Leave no trace to help preserve the pristine environment.

14. Obtain Necessary Permits:

Make sure you have the required permits for the trek. These include the Sagarmatha National Park Permit and the TIMS (Trekkers’ Information Management System) card.

15. Stay Informed:

Stay updated on weather conditions and trail conditions by talking to locals, your guide, or fellow trekkers.

By following these tips and trekking responsibly, you can have a safe and memorable journey to Everest Base Camp in March, soaking in the breathtaking beauty of the Himalayas while respecting the local culture and environment.

In conclusion , if you’re considering the Everest Base Camp Trek in March, don’t hesitate to reach out to us at Nepal Peak Adventure . We’re committed to providing you with the finest trekking experiences, and our team is available 24/7 to address any questions or concerns you may have. Your journey to the majestic Himalayas awaits, and we’re here to make it unforgettable.

Your email address will not be published. Required fields are marked *

Nepal Peak Adventure

Nepal Peak Adventure stands as a premier trekking and travel agency dedicated to curating exceptional and memorable journeys in the heart of the Himalayas.

Nepal-peak-adventure-owner

Trekking & Climbing

  • Everest Region
  • Annapurna Region
  • Langtang Region
  • Manaslu Region
  • Dolpo Region
  • Short Treks
  • Beginner's Level Climbing
  • Intermediate Level Climbing
  • Challening Level Climbing
  • Legal Documents
  • Trekking Guides
  • Climbing Guides
  • Celebration

Bhagwan Bahal Street, Thamel, Kathmandu- Nepal

What’s App: +977 9841319155

+(977) 9841319155

online-payment-link

  • Terms & Conditions
  • Privacy Policy

Main Navigation

Annapurna region.

  • Mardi Himal Trek
  • Annapurna Base Camp Trek
  • Annapurna Circuit Trek
  • Annapurna Panorama Trek
  • Poon Hill Sunrise Trek
  • Annapurna Sanctuary Trek
  • Nar Phu Valley Trek
  • Poon Hill Trek
  • Annapurna Sunrise Trek
  • Ghorepani Poon Hill Trek
  • Ghorepani Ghandruk Loop Trek
  • 4 Days Poon Hill Trek
  • Annapurna Short Trek
  • Poon Hill Annapurna Base Camp Trek
  • Poon Hill Trekking package
  • Short Mardi Himal Trek
  • 5 days Annapurna Base Camp Trek
  • 6 Days Annapurna Base Camp Trek
  • 10 Days Poon Hill Annapurna Base Camp Trek

Everest Region Trek

  • EBC Helicopter Tour with Landing - 1 Day
  • Luxury EBC Trek with Helicopter Return - 5 Days
  • EBC Trek with Helicopter Return - 10 Days
  • Short Everest Base Camp Trek - 11 Days
  • Short Classic Everest Base Camp Trek - 12 Days
  • Classic Everest Base Camp Trek - 14 Days
  • Everest Base Camp Luxury Trek - 14 Days
  • Gokyo Lakes Trek -14 Days
  • Short Comfort EBC Trek -13 Days
  • Comfort Everest Base Camp Trek - 15 Days
  • Gokyo Renjo La Pass Trek - 15 Days
  • Gokyo Cho La Pass EBC Trek - 18 Days
  • Everest Three High Pass Trek - 19 days

Manaslu Region Trek

  • Short Manaslu Circuit Trek
  • Tsum Valley Trekking
  • Rupina La Manaslu Circuit Trek
  • Manaslu Tsum Valley Trek
  • Manaslu Trek

Langtang Region Trek

  • Langtang Helambu Trek
  • Tamang Heritage Trek
  • Langtang Easy Trek
  • Langtang Trekking
  • Langtang Ganja La Pass Trek
  • Langtang Gosainkunda Circuit Trek
  • Gosainkunda Helambu Trek

Dolpo Region Trek

  • Beni - Lower Dolpo Trek
  • Upper Dolpo Trek
  • Lower Dolpo Trek

Eastern Region

  • Complete Everest Base Camp Trek Package
  • Rolwaling Trek
  • Makalu Base Camp Trekking

Newly Open Trekking

Kanchenjunga region trekking.

  • Kanchenjunga Base Camp Trek
  • Kanchenjunga Circuit Trek
  • Everest Base Camp Helicopter Flight Tour with Landing
  • Kathmandu - Pokhara Tour
  • Nepal Overland Tour
  • Nepal Trekking Tour
  • Nepal Trekking with Jungle Safari Tour
  • Nepal Cultural Tour
  • Nepal Tour with Kids
  • Kathmandu-Pokhara-Chitwan-Nagarkot Hiking Tour

Peak Climbing

  • Island Peak Climbing
  • Mera Peak Climbing
  • Lobuche Peak Climbing
  • Yala Peak Climbing
  • Chulu West Peak Climbing
  • Naya Kanga Peak Climbing
  • Pisang Peak Climbing
  • Shivapuri Nagarkot Trek
  • Nagarkot Dhulikhel Namobuddha Trek
  • Pokhara Sarangkot Trek
  • Hiking and Meditation trip in Nepal
  • Annapurna Skyline Trek
  • Kathmandu City Sightseeing Tour
  • Namo Buddha Day Hiking Tour
  • Bhaktapur Half Day Tour
  • Nagarkot Sunrise Day Tour
  • Nagarkot Sunset Day Tour
  • Nagarkot Day Hiking Tour
  • Chandragiri Hill Half Day Tour .
  • Boudha-Pashupati-Bhaktapur Full Day Tour
  • Bhutan Spiritual Tour
  • Bhutan Cultural Tour
  • Bhutan Short Spiritual Tour
  • Tibet Overland Tour
  • Kailash Manasarovar Yatra
  • Tibet Shangrila Tour
  • Tibet Special Tour
  • Tibet Introductory Tour
  • Lhasa Everest Base Camp Tour
  • Simikot Kailash Lhasa Tour
  • Simikot Kailash Zhangmu Tour
  • +9779851082484

tripadvisor icon

Everest base camp trek in March: Weather, Tips, Events, Difficulty and Packing list

Everest base camp trek in march:.

Wouldn’t you be thrilled to stride in warm sunny day scented with blooming floras?

Table of Contents

Everest base camp trek in March

Start your trek in early

First of all, you need to start your trek early in the morning is the best idea because the days are short in the march. It also helps to reach the destination before the evening. Trekking almost 6 to 8 hours is not an easy task. You need a regular break to reach your destination. That’s why you need to start your trek in the early morning is necessary.

Well prepared in advance

Before the beginning of any trek, preparation is most important. The weather in the Everest region is cold in the morning and night. So you can wear a layer of the cloths so that you can add or remove your clothes based on the weather condition.

Regular acclimatization and hydration

Acclimatization is a must essential needs in the high altitude trek of the Everest Base Camp . The trekkers also need to drink water to hydrate regularly to cope with altitude sickness. The process of acclimatization slowly increases the level of oxygen in your body. It also helps you to adapt to high altitude conditions faster. Hydrating regularly maintains your body temperature as well as the oxygen level in your body. This helps you to get more advantages in your trek.

Book in advance

Everest base camp trek in March

In the Everest region , there are primarily Tibetian Buddhists in culture as well as in religion.  In March there are various festivals that are come from Hindu traditions, so are not widely celebrated in the mountains. However, if you plan to travel to Nepal in the month of March, you can experience one of the following festivals in Kathmandu before or after your trek.  Nepali festivals follow the lunar calendar, they are celebrated using tithi, not in the actual date, so some festivals that fall in March in one year may be in April or February the next. The festivals that usually fall in March are:

  • Holi: This is the festival of color. In this festival water and color, the powder is thrown between the people or group in celebration.
  • Maha Shiva Ratri: This is one of the greatest festivals of Hindu. In this festival, people worship god Shiva. This festival people are fasting the whole day and celebrated at night. On this day, thousands of sadhus (Hindu holy men) are gathered to worship Lord Shiva at Pashupatinath Temple (which is one of the UNESCO world heritage sites ) Kathmandu Nepal.
  • Ghode Jatra: This is the festival only celebrated at Kathmandu Valley. This is the festival of a horse where the Nepal Army performs horse races at the Tundikhel.

Other popular treks in the Everest Region are: 

  • Classical  Everest base Camp trek- 12 days
  • Traditional Everest Base Camp trek- 14 days
  • Comfort Everest Base Camp Trek-16 days
  • Gokyo Lake Trek- 14 days

March is the month of the spring season, in this month the days are warm and clear and this is the favorable season for trekking. So the packing list must include the right gears, items, and gadgets according to the month. Please follow the link to know Everest Base Camp Packing List for March .

Everest base camp trek in March

The flight is normally scheduled before 12 pm. Sometimes the flight is delayed due to frequent change of the climate of Lukla. But don’t worry flight is scheduled after the climate is favorable for the flight or is scheduled for the next day. In the Everest base camp trek , the average walking period for trekkers is 5 to 7 hrs per day. But if you are uncomfortable with this situation you can choose Luxury Everest Base Camp Trek with Helicopter Return or Everest Base Camp Luxury Trek . Everest base camp trekking is the high altitude trek (5364 m high). So there is the risk of high altitude sickness. If you have travel insurance, then you don’t need to worry about, there is the facility to chartered the helicopter for rescue in case of emergency.

Everest base camp trek in March is once in a lifetime opportunity for the trekkers like you. Perfect weather, clear blue skies with the wildflower, and greenery provide a pleasant trekking experience. The snow-capped mountains are one of the major attractions of the trek. The bustling, vibrant atmosphere of the tea houses, lodges along the trail will enthrall you. All in all, the exciting Everest base camp trek in March (EBC trek in march) is an excellent adventure for all travel enthusiasts who love to get lost in the tranquility of nature. Please contact us for any queries. Do you like this blog? Please feel free to provide your suggestion.

Other Categories

  • Travel Information

Recent Posts

  • Manaslu Circuit vs Annapurna Circuit Trek - Which is Best?
  • Tips For Annapurna Trekking Packages
  • Everest Base Camp Trek vs. Annapurna Base Camp Trek: A Comprehensive Comparison
  • Luxury Lodge vs Normal Lodge Trek
  • Langtang Valley Trekking
  • How Much Does the Langtang Valley Trek Cost?
  • Know Before Hiking Poon Hill: The Ultimate Poon Hill Trek Guide
  • Everest Trekking Package for 2024/2025
  • Top 7 Reasons: Why Everest Base Camp Trek is Popular Today?
  • Where is Nepal located on the World Map? - Nepal Facts
  • Where is Mount Everest Located?
  • Where is Location of Mount Everest in the World Map?
  • What is the death rate on Everest? [2023/24 Updated]
  • What is Everest Base Camp Trek? - Our Top Tips for your EBC Trek 2022/23/24
  • Trekking in Nepal in September - Is September a Good time to visit Nepal 2022/23/24?

Recommended - Boutique Hotel in Thamel, Kathmandu

Charming Newari Heritage Hotel in central Kathmandu, with a rooftop restaurant for stunning valley views.

Everest Boutique Hotel

We are associated with

Acceptable payments.

Visa Card

Find & Follow Us on

© 2011 - 2024 All rights reserved. Mountain Mart Treks & Expedition. Developed By: Xenatech Nepal .

Notice. This site uses cookies to optimize your user experience. By using this site, you are consenting to our use of these cookies. Check out our Privacy Policy and our Cookies Policy.

Best Price Guarantee – Book with Confidence!

Himalaya Discovery

Himalaya Discovery

Everest Base Camp Trek

Everest Base Camp Trek in March

March is the starting of spring, one of Nepal’s two high season. While temperatures in the high Himalayas are likely to be chilly. Hikers hit the trails in big number again in March, and there are several good reasons to do so. Here’s everything you need to know about hiking to Everest Base Camp in March.

Everest Base Camp Weather in March

Rain is uncommon in March, so clear mountain views in the Everest region is great. However, as temperature goes up throughout Nepal, especially the second half of the month, humidity rises. You’ll still get good clear views, but they won’t be as crisp or as reliable as they were in the winter.

The advantage is, of course, that March has warmer temperatures than January or February . While snow may remain at higher altitudes, and unexpected snowfall can break plans at any time, many trails will be thawing out by this time.

You should still prepare for chilly weather—temperatures in Namche Bazaar, for example, can drop below -3°C in the night. But they can also be as high as 12°C.

Everest Base Camp Trek in February

Everest Base Camp Trek: Crowds & Costs

While March isn’t as busy as April, guesthouses on the classic Everest Base Camp (EBC) route fills up quickly during this time. Trekking with a professional Sherpa guide is one way of preventing this, as they will book you into a decent lodge, although the options will be limited due to how busy the trails are.

Alternatively, you might choose an offshoot of the EBC trip that explores the same area but takes a less traveled route. Some ideas are given below.

Routes Recommendations

The classic Everest Base Camp trip is famous for a reason—but it is incredibly popular. There are numerous alternative routes in the Everest area that overlap with EBC but take you down quieter paths if you prefer quieter routes and views unobstructed by other trekkers’ heads.

Some of the more off-the-beaten-path camping expeditions are not recommended in March as temperatures at higher altitudes may still be cold, especially at night, and snow could be a concern. However, as March marks the start of the spring trekking season, many teahouses will reopen after their winter break, providing better accommodation choices than in January or February.

The Gokyo Ri trek diverges towards the blue waters of the trail’s nickname glacial lakes. The Tengboche Monastery trek leads you to one of Nepal’s most important Buddhist monasteries, from which you can see the spectacular Ama Dablam.

The Dingboche journey is similar but extends a little further to the little Dingboche village. The Ama Dablam Base Camp trek is also a great way to explore a place that many people seem to miss when trekking in this area.

Trekking peaks are usually accessible again in March, so if you want a more difficult challenge than a simple trip and have prior high-altitude climbing experience, a trekking peak is a suitable beginning to Himalayan climbing. Island Peak (20,305 feet/6,189 m) is a difficult but not too technical climb.

The journey to get there follows much of the classic EBC trek, so if this is your first time in the region, you can get the best of both worlds by following a popular route and going somewhere less visited.

Everest Base Camp Trek in January

What You Should Bring?

While the good teahouses normally provide blankets, it’s always a good idea to carry your own sleeping bag. Teahouse blankets aren’t washed very often, so they’re best used as a top layer, above your own cozy sleeping bag.

While a winter-weight sleeping bag will most likely be useful, they are quite bulky. Combining a three-season sleeping bag with teahouse woolen blankets should sufficient, as long as you also have appropriate clothing .

Down jackets are good because they are lightweight and easily packed away during the day if you get too warm while walking. Bring woolen hats, gloves, socks, and scarves, as well as good merino and synthetic fiber clothing to keep you warm in the evenings and nights.

Getting There and Away

Flying from Kathmandu to Lukla is the shortest way to reach the Everest region. Although rainfall is normally low in March, Kathmandu is especially smoggy and dusty in the run-up to the monsoon in June, which could cause flight delays.

Domestic flights between Kathmandu and Lukla will also fill up quickly in March, so book as far in advance as possible.

Know more how to get to the Lukla

If you’re looking for a longer adventure and wish to walk (nearly) the entire distance, take the trail from Jiri to Lukla. The ‘Pioneers’ Route’ was named after the trekking route that early Western mountaineers used to reach the Everest region before Lukla’s airport was built. Jiri is located approximately one day’s journey from Kathmandu.

base camp trek in march

Festivals and Events in March

The Everest region is mainly Tibetan Buddhist in culture and religion, and many of Nepal’s most interesting March festivals are based on Hindu traditions, so they are not widely celebrated in the mountains.

However, if you plan a trip in Nepal in March, you can join one of the following Kathmandu festivals before or after your trek. Traditional Nepali celebrations usually follow a lunar calendar, therefore certain events that fall in March one year may fall in February or April the next. Festivals that so often fall in March are:

Ghode Jatra is a Kathmandu-specific celebration during which the Nepal Army races horses at the parade ground (Tundhikhel) to ward off the demon Gurumapa.

Maha Shivaratri is especially vibrant at Kathmandu’s Pashupatinath Temple, where thousands of sadhus (Hindu holy men) gather to worship Lord Shiva.

Holi is a spring festival in which water and colorful powders are thrown around in celebration.

Our Top EBC itineraries in March

  • Everest Panorama Trek – 11 Days
  • Gokyo Ri Trek – 14 Days
  • Everest Three Passes Trek  – 16 Days
  • Everest Base Camp and Climb Island Peak – 20 Days

More Useful Information

  • Everest Base Camp in January
  • Everest Base Camp in November
  • Best Time to Time to Trek Everest Base Camp
  • Nepal in April

Do you have any question about trip to Nepal?

  • Solo Traveller
  • Number of child (if you have child in your family/group) (Optional)
  • When will you be traveling?* * Day 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 Month 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 Year 2025 2024 2023 2022 2021 2020 2019 2018 2017 2016 2015 2014 2013 2012 2011 2010 2009 2008 2007 2006 2005 2004 2003 2002 2001 2000 1999 1998 1997 1996 1995 1994 1993 1992 1991 1990 1989 1988 1987 1986 1985 1984 1983 1982 1981 1980 1979 1978 1977 1976 1975 1974 1973 1972 1971 1970 1969 1968 1967 1966 1965 1964 1963 1962 1961 1960 1959 1958 1957 1956 1955 1954 1953 1952 1951 1950 1949 1948 1947 1946 1945 1944 1943 1942 1941 1940 1939 1938 1937 1936 1935 1934 1933 1932 1931 1930 1929 1928 1927 1926 1925 1924 1923 1922 1921 1920
  • How many days do you have?* *
  • Give your trip a short title* *
  • Private Trip
  • Bellow 200$
  • 200$ - 500$
  • 500$ - 800$
  • 800$ - 1200$
  • 1200$- 2000$
  • 2000$ and above
  • Describe your trip* *
  • Full Name* *
  • Your Email* *
  • Country* * Afghanistan Albania Algeria American Samoa Andorra Angola Anguilla Antarctica Antigua and Barbuda Argentina Armenia Aruba Australia Austria Azerbaijan Bahamas Bahrain Bangladesh Barbados Belarus Belgium Belize Benin Bermuda Bhutan Bolivia Bonaire, Sint Eustatius and Saba Bosnia and Herzegovina Botswana Bouvet Island Brazil British Indian Ocean Territory Brunei Darussalam Bulgaria Burkina Faso Burundi Cabo Verde Cambodia Cameroon Canada Cayman Islands Central African Republic Chad Chile China Christmas Island Cocos Islands Colombia Comoros Congo Congo, Democratic Republic of the Cook Islands Costa Rica Croatia Cuba Curaçao Cyprus Czechia Côte d'Ivoire Denmark Djibouti Dominica Dominican Republic Ecuador Egypt El Salvador Equatorial Guinea Eritrea Estonia Eswatini Ethiopia Falkland Islands Faroe Islands Fiji Finland France French Guiana French Polynesia French Southern Territories Gabon Gambia Georgia Germany Ghana Gibraltar Greece Greenland Grenada Guadeloupe Guam Guatemala Guernsey Guinea Guinea-Bissau Guyana Haiti Heard Island and McDonald Islands Holy See Honduras Hong Kong Hungary Iceland India Indonesia Iran Iraq Ireland Isle of Man Israel Italy Jamaica Japan Jersey Jordan Kazakhstan Kenya Kiribati Korea, Democratic People's Republic of Korea, Republic of Kuwait Kyrgyzstan Lao People's Democratic Republic Latvia Lebanon Lesotho Liberia Libya Liechtenstein Lithuania Luxembourg Macao Madagascar Malawi Malaysia Maldives Mali Malta Marshall Islands Martinique Mauritania Mauritius Mayotte Mexico Micronesia Moldova Monaco Mongolia Montenegro Montserrat Morocco Mozambique Myanmar Namibia Nauru Nepal Netherlands New Caledonia New Zealand Nicaragua Niger Nigeria Niue Norfolk Island North Macedonia Northern Mariana Islands Norway Oman Pakistan Palau Palestine, State of Panama Papua New Guinea Paraguay Peru Philippines Pitcairn Poland Portugal Puerto Rico Qatar Romania Russian Federation Rwanda Réunion Saint Barthélemy Saint Helena, Ascension and Tristan da Cunha Saint Kitts and Nevis Saint Lucia Saint Martin Saint Pierre and Miquelon Saint Vincent and the Grenadines Samoa San Marino Sao Tome and Principe Saudi Arabia Senegal Serbia Seychelles Sierra Leone Singapore Sint Maarten Slovakia Slovenia Solomon Islands Somalia South Africa South Georgia and the South Sandwich Islands South Sudan Spain Sri Lanka Sudan Suriname Svalbard and Jan Mayen Sweden Switzerland Syria Arab Republic Taiwan Tajikistan Tanzania, the United Republic of Thailand Timor-Leste Togo Tokelau Tonga Trinidad and Tobago Tunisia Turkmenistan Turks and Caicos Islands Tuvalu Türkiye US Minor Outlying Islands Uganda Ukraine United Arab Emirates United Kingdom United States Uruguay Uzbekistan Vanuatu Venezuela Viet Nam Virgin Islands, British Virgin Islands, U.S. Wallis and Futuna Western Sahara Yemen Zambia Zimbabwe Åland Islands Country
  • Phone Number (Optional)

Recommended Articles

Everest Base Camp Trek in February

Everest Base Camp Trek in February

base camp trek in march

Trekking Guides are not Mandatory for the Everest Region

Mera Peak Climbing

Best Time to Climb Mera Peak

base camp trek in march

8 Reasons Why You Should Do the Everest Base Camp Trek in Nepal

base camp trek in march

“ I was born and raised in Nepal, nearby Everest region. I am proud to be a native Sherpa, and I have been a Mountain guide over a decade now. Following my passion, I decided to start helping travelers with their travel plans! I think life is a journey, a trip where you collect experiences when you share with other people and with nature. “

base camp trek in march

Trip Designer  

→ PLAN YOUR TRIP – FREE

base camp trek in march

Privacy Overview

How To Do The Everest Base Camp Trek In Nepal

The Mount Everest Base Camp Trek in Nepal is one of the world’s best bucket list hikes. In less than 2 weeks, you can trek to the foot of Mt Everest and other snowy peaks in the Himalayan mountains.

The good news is that it’s not a super difficult hike, and you don’t need a big budget to do it. The EBC trek is worth it for the fun and accomplishment alone, but you also get views of the Himalayas that are out of this world.

This travel guide will explain how you can do the Mt Everest Base Camp hike independently (with or without a tour guide), along with a recommended packing list and everything else you need to know before you go!

Best Everest Base Camp Tours

First of all, if you’d rather skip the hassle of planning your own EBC Trek, Klook has Everest Base Camp Tours starting as low as $900 USD for a full 12-day trek.

You may be able to find something cheaper than this once you land in Kathmandu, but booking online with a vetted tour company has some big advantages, and the reviews on their website are very positive.

We’ve used Klook for lots of tours and activities around the world, and they’re great! Highly recommended.

Book Now: Everest Base Camp Tours

Mount Everest and other snowy peaks on the EBC Trek in Nepal

When To Do The EBC Trek

The Mt Everest region has 4 different trekking seasons:

  • March – May: High season. Best weather, with stable temperatures and bright sunny days, but the trails can get crowded. During these months you may share the EBC trail with pro climbers on the way to go summit Everest.
  • June – August: Monsoon season. There’s a lot more rain during these months, and the trails are mostly empty.
  • September – October: Clear days and busy trails. This is one of the most popular trekking seasons.
  • November – February: Coldest season, but the weather is stable and dry. The trails are mostly clear.

I trekked in early February, and even though it was nice having the trail mostly to myself, the cold in the evenings and mornings was straight up misery.

My home state of Missouri can get very cold in the winter, but the cold has just never been my thing. If I could go back and change it, I would definitely do my Everest Base Camp hike later in the season.

Prayer wheels near Lukla on the EBC Trek in Nepal

Everest Base Camp Weather

Temperatures on the Mt Everest Base Camp Trek can range from 5 °C (40 °F) to 20 °C (70 °F) depending on month, and as low as -30 °C (-22 °F) at night during the winter months.

If you trek during the warmer months (Mar-May and Sep-Oct), the cold is not a big problem and shouldn’t be hard to cope with. Winter is a different story. Your snot will freeze in your nose at Gorak Shep.

Sunshine is key for winter trekking in Nepal, and thankfully you should have lots of sun in most months outside of the monsoon season. On my February hike, I often found myself shedding all my layers while trekking because I was heating up in the sun.

If you do your Everest Base Camp hike during the winter, the biggest issue is staying warm in the evenings and at night. For this, you’ll definitely want a top quality down jacket and sleeping bag.

Ama Dablam mountain and stupa on the Everest Base Camp Trek in Nepal

All About Everest Base Camp Trekking

My everest base camp itinerary.

  • Day 1: Kathmandu to Lukla to Benkar .
  • Day 2: Benkar to Namche Bazaar .
  • Day 3: Namche Acclimatization Day .
  • Day 4: Namche to Deboche .
  • Day 5: Deboche to Pangboche .
  • Day 6: Pangboche to Dingboche .
  • Day 7: Dingboche Acclimatization Day .
  • Day 8: Dingboche to Thukla .
  • Day 9: Thukla to Gorak Shep .
  • Day 10: Everest Base Camp .
  • Day 11: Kala Patthar to Gorak Shep to Pheriche .
  • Day 12: Pheriche to Namche .
  • Day 13: Namche to Lukla .

Porter with a huge pack on the EBC trek in Nepal

If you ever need motivation to keep going on the Everest Base Camp hike, just look at how much the porters are carrying!

Hikers near Pumori Peak and Kala Patthar on the Everest Base Camp trek in Nepal

Mount Pumori as seen from the Kala Patthar viewpoint, just a short distance from Mt Everest Base Camp.

Ama Dablam and another mountain range on the EBC trek in Nepal

Ama Dablam, one of my favorite mountains on the Mt Everest Base Camp Trek.

EBC Trek Packing List / Gear

This isn’t a complete list of everything to bring on a Mt Everest Base Camp Trek, and you may have to change things up a little depending on what month you go, but these are just some of the basics.

You can find most of this gear in Kathmandu, but in my opinion you’ll get higher quality and a wider selection if you order online.

  • Beanie: I only wore this at night, but it definitely helped keep my ears warm.
  • Down Jacket: Bring the biggest, warmest DJ possible. This is your most important piece of gear. You can use it as an extra cover at night.
  • Fleece Sweater: This is the only jacket you’ll need to wear while trekking most days, especially if it’s sunny.
  • Shirts: Something comfy with quick dry material.
  • Trekking Pants: Something lightweight and breathable.
  • Thermal Underwear: May not be needed if you trek in the warmer months.
  • Gloves: I only wore these at night, but they definitely helped keep my hands warm.
  • Socks: Merino wool is best for staying warm and stopping moisture.
  • Headlight: Smart to have at least a small one, just in case.
  • Tumbler: 1 liter water bottle to refill daily on the trek.
  • Sunblock: It’s easy to sunburn at high altitudes. A small bottle is plenty.
  • Sunglasses: Good for snow. May not be necessary unless you plan to hike a mountain pass like Cho La.
  • Hat: I wore old faithful throughout the hike.
  • Watch: An altimeter watch would be fun to play with here.
  • Camera: Duh. You can’t do the Mt Everest Base Camp Trek without taking lots of pictures.
  • Power Bank: Bring a big power bank and you might only need to recharge it once on the whole trek.

Stupa and mountain near Dingboche on the Everest Base Camp Trek in Nepal

Everest Base Camp Trek Cost

For a 13 day trek, I paid about $21 USD per day for food, drinks, and room. Porter/guide was an extra $25 per day, although it’s not a requirement. Flights to Lukla were $330 return, but again not a requirement if you hike in.

You can read the sections below for more info on the daily trekking costs and what you get for your money. It’s not a very expensive trek, all things considered!

Keep in mind, these numbers are from 2020. They’ll go up a little over time. Exchange rates may also vary, so check the latest rates .

Stupa and mountains near Namche Bazaar on the EBC Trek in Nepal

The flight to Lukla from Kathmandu is $165 USD each way. You can shop for flights to Lukla at Skyscanner.

If your budget is tight or you have extra time, you can skip this flight by hiking from Jiri to Lukla rather than flying. It only adds a couple days to the itinerary.

Planes at the Lukla airport on the EBC Trek in Nepal

Guide / Porter / Solo

You can do the EBC trek with a guide, porter, OR independently (solo).

A guide will show you the way to Mt Everest Base Camp and help with lodging, navigation, advice, taking pictures for you, etc. A porter-guide will do these same things and also carry a 20 kg (45 lb) pack for you.

A porter or guide is NOT a requirement to do this hike, especially if you go in the warmer months when you may not need as much gear. In 2023, they were supposedly introducing a guide requirement for EBC, but so far that has not been enforced at all, thankfully.

With that said, there are some good advantages to hiring a guide, and it’s pretty cheap by Western standards. A porter is only $15 or $20 USD per day, and a porter-guide is $25 per day. A popular arrangement is to hire one porter for two hikers, splitting the cost and still making things easier for both of you.

In the end, this all depends on your budget and hiking preferences.

Hiker at the Tengboche monastery on the EBC Trek in Nepal

Hiking Fees

If you’re hiking EBC independently, you’ll need to be aware of two fees you have to pay near the start of the trek.

There’s a local government tax that they’ve now started collecting in Lukla. This one is currently 2,000 Rupees ($17 USD).

There’s also an Everest park fee/ticket you have to pay at the Sagarmatha National Park entrance just beyond the small village of Monjo, Nepal. This one is currently 3,500 Rupees ($30 USD).

No TIMS card is needed anymore for independent hikers. That fee has been retired for the Mount Everest Base Camp Trek.

Prayer flags with the Ama Dablam mountain on the EBC Trek in Nepal

Accommodation & Amenities

Throughout the Everest Base Camp hike, you’ll stay and sleep at small guesthouses along the way, called teahouses.

This is where you get your meals and drinks for the trek, along with the occasional amenities like showers, charging, or WiFi. The teahouses start out decent, but quickly get more shabby as you go further up the trail.

You have to pay for everything you use, of course, and the prices get quite high as you go, because everything has to be hauled up on the backs of the poor porters.

Mountains and pine trees near Lukla on the EBC Trek in Nepal

Guesthouses

The teahouses on the EBC trek are cold and dingy, with drop toilets and cracks in the walls. Don’t expect luxury.

Most rooms are free as long as you buy your meals there (the meals are how they make their money). If you stay at a lodge and don’t eat there, you’ll be expected to pay for the room.

In some cases, I was charged 500 Rupees for a room on top of my meal costs. I’m not sure why some teahouses do this and others don’t, but I never paid more than 500 Rupees for a room, and most were free with the meals.

Sleeping bag inside a teahouse on the EBC Trek in Nepal

Food & Drink

I’m happy to report that the food and drinks on the Everest Base Camp hike are top notch, especially after you’ve worked up an appetite trekking.

You have western food choices, or the standard local staples like veggie fried rice, steamed momos (dumplings), and mushroom soup. Everything was hot and fresh. Meal prices for these ranged from 250 to 750 Rupees depending on altitude. Not too bad.

For drinks I tried hot chocolate, lemon/apple/mint tea, and occasionally bottled water for my tumbler. These ranged from 100 to 400 Rupees. If you want to avoid plastic bottles, there’s usually boiled water available and this is safe to drink too.

Getting enough water on the trek is never a problem. Just fill up a 1 liter tumbler in the morning, and this will last you until evening, especially since you’re likely to pass more tea houses along the trail as you’re hiking throughout the day.

Mountains near Lukla on the EBC Trek in Nepal

Showers are only available at a few lodges, depending on the season and how high up you are, and they cost 600 to 1200 Rupees. In the winter, water higher up will be frozen most of the time.

I never had a shower on my February EBC trek, and that seems to be the norm (although I got one or two opportunities in Namche). Yes, it’s gross. I could smell myself by trek’s end, and it wasn’t pretty.

But aside from the fact that I hate to fork out money for something as basic as a shower, I also never really got close to other people for very long on the trek, so I didn’t feel too guilty about it.

Most days were cold enough that the thought of stripping down for a shower was not really appealing, either. Your best bet is baby wipes and deodorant.

Namche Bazaar houses and mountains on the EBC Trek in Nepal

WiFi / Cell Service

WiFi costs anywhere from $5 to $10 USD per day if you buy it from the teahouses.

Alternatively, you can buy a 10 GB/30 Day Everest Link WiFi card in Namche Bazaar and use this for the entire EBC trek. During my Mount Everest Base Camp Trek the WiFi was down across the whole region, so unfortunately I wasn’t able to use either of these options.

I bought an Ncell local SIM card in the Kathmandu airport and had 3G service for half the days of the Everest Base Camp hike. Coverage is still improving in the area, so if you need to stay connected I’d definitely bring a local SIM.

Snowy peak on the EBC Trek in Nepal

Electricity

All of the teahouses on the way to Mt Everest Base Camp sell outlet charging for electronics, and the prices range from $2 to $10 USD for a full charge, depending on how far up the trail you are.

The key is to bring a big power bank and then use this to charge all of your other electronics (phone, camera, etc). I did this and only paid once to recharge my power bank on the whole trek.

Nepali prayer flags on the EBC Trek in Nepal

How Much Cash To Bring

Everything you buy during the Everest Base Camp hike (meals, WiFi, charging, etc) will have to be paid for with cash. Credit cards won’t work. There are no ATMs outside of Lukla and Namche Bazaar (Days 1-4), and even the ATMs there are not reliable.

What this means is that you’ll have to withdraw enough cash (Nepalese Rupees) at an ATM in Kathmandu to cover your entire trek. The ATM fees will bite you, and I hate to carry large amounts of cash, but it’s not really avoidable here.

All up, I spent about $20 USD (2,400 Rupees) per day on the Mount Everest Base Camp Trek, and never spent more than $25 USD in a single day. With that said, I didn’t splurge on WiFi, showers, charging, or alcohol. The only things I bought were the bare necessities: room, food, and drinks.

If you hire a porter/guide, you don’t need to factor that into your daily cash carry. That’s paid before the trek starts. But do reserve a little cash for a decent tip.

Mountains and valley on the EBC Trek in Nepal

Mount Everest Base Camp Trek Difficulty

I’m not going to lie, this is a difficult trek. And if you do it in the winter like I did, it’s even harder. With that said, if you are in decent shape, determined, and obey the guidelines for altitude sickness prevention (more on that below), then you’ll have no problem reaching base camp.

There is a lot of elevation gain and loss on this hike. At times near Lukla, the constant ups and downs will make you feel like you’re hiking a roller coaster, but the trail is never too steep or dangerous. After Namche, it’s mostly a slow uphill plod.

This trek has been completed by old seasoned hikers in their 70s, and young kids in their pre-teens. It’s also been flunked by healthy 20-30 somethings who try to push through it quickly without enough acclimatization to altitude.

Patience and discipline are key for trekking to Everest Base Camp. Slow and steady wins the race here.

Prayer flags with white Nepal mountains in the distance at the EBC trek

Trekking Distance

The one way trekking distance from Lukla to Mt Everest Base Camp is about 65 kilometers (40 miles).

That means the total roundtrip distance of an EBC Trek is about 130 kilometers, even if you don’t do any of the detours.

Don’t let that scare you off. It’s a lot of hiking, but every step is worth it.

Stupa face and mountain near Dingboche on the EBC Trek in Nepal

Altitude Sickness

By far your biggest danger on the Mount Everest Base Camp Trek is altitude sickness, also known as Acute Mountain Sickness (AMS).

No one is immune to this, and it doesn’t matter how fit you are. If you gain altitude too fast, you can get sick and in some cases even die. Plenty of people have died from AMS on the EBC Trek.

The problem is that overzealous hikers push the envelope on this hike all the time, and a lot of them end up needing a very expensive helicopter evacuation to lower ground.

The best way to avoid altitude sickness is to go slow . At altitudes above 3,000 meters (10,000 feet), don’t increase your sleeping elevation by more than 300-500 meters (1,000-1,500 feet) per night.

Every 1,000 meters (3,000 feet) you should also spend a second night at the same elevation. If you get a bad headache, dizziness, or nausea, descend to a lower altitude until you feel better. As long as you follow these general guidelines, you shouldn’t have any issues.

You can take Diamox (acetazolamide) on the trek for extra AMS prevention. This medication can be found in Kathmandu or Namche. I bought mine in Namche and it seemed to help my headache and slight foggy feeling. I didn’t have any side effects aside from the usual tingling toes/fingers.

Porter walking on a steep mountain bridge on the EBC trek in Nepal

Everest Base Camp Altitude

The Mount Everest Base Camp altitude is 5,364 meters (17,598 feet). At this elevation, there is 50% of the oxygen at sea level.

However, most treks also go to Kala Patthar, a viewpoint even higher than base camp where you can get the best views of Mount Everest.

The elevation at Kala Patthar is 5,644 meters (18,519 feet). From there, you’ll be rewarded with an incredible panorama of Mount Everest and other icy peaks like Pumori, Lhotse, and Nuptse.

Happy travels!

Sunrise near Mt Everest as seen from Kala Patthar on the Everest Base Camp Trek in Nepal

If you’d rather skip the hassle of planning your own EBC Trek, Klook has Everest Base Camp Tours starting as low as $900 USD for a full 12-day trek.

You may be able to find something cheaper than this once you land in Kathmandu, but booking online with a vetted tour company has some big advantages, and the reviews on their website are very positive for this Mt Everest Base Camp tour.

More Nepal Travel Tips

Hopefully you were helped by this guide for the Everest Base Camp Trek. Let me know in the comments below if I can help answer any questions.

Pinterest EBC Trekking Guide

You may also like

Ternate island travel guide & best things to do (maluku), how to visit khao sok national park in thailand, how to spend 1 day in yosemite national park (itinerary), how to visit ciletuh geopark: waterfall valley in west java, fulidhoo island guide: shark & stingray beach in maldives, how to visit dhigurah island: budget paradise in maldives.

' src=

So much useful detailed information.

' src=

Thanks for the straight forward information. Beautiful photos

' src=

Leave a Comment Cancel Reply

Save my name, email, and website in this browser for the next time I comment.

Find your adventure. The mountains are calling.

Discover A New Adventure

  • Duration 0 - 10 10 - 20 20 - 30 30 - 40
  • Trip Difficulty Easy Moderate Moderate 
to Strenuous Strenuous Very Strenuous
  • Group 1 - 20 1 to 20 1 to 5 1-10 2 to 20 2-20 2+
  • Altitude 0 - 500 500 - 1000 1000 - 1500 1500 - 2000 2000 - 2500 2500 - 3000 3000 - 3500 3500 - 4000 4000 - 4500 4500 - 5000 5000 - 5500 5500 - 6000 6000 - 6500 6500 - 7000 7000 - 7500

Third Eye Adventures Logo

  • Everest Region
  • Annapurna Region
  • Langtang Region
  • Manaslu Region
  • Other Treks
  • 10 Days Himalyan Buddhist Pilgrimage Tour Nepal
  • 13 Days Nepal Buddhist HimalayanTour
  • 14 Days Nepal Bhutan and Tibet Tour
  • 11 Days Nepal and Tibet Tour
  • 9 Days Nepal and Bhutan Tour Package
  • 11 Days Delights of Bhutan tour
  • 5 Days Bhutan Highlights tour
  • 5 Days Bhutan Cultural Tour
  • 7 Days Taste of Bhutan tour
  • 4 Days Tibet Lhasa Tour
  • 14 Days Manasarovar and Mt. Kailash tour
  • 8 days Lhasa EBC Tour and Trek
  • 1 Day Kathmandu world heritage sites tour
  • 6 Days Kathmandu Pokhara Tour
  • 5 Days Kathmandu Nagarkot Dhulikhel
  • 10 Days Highlight Nepal Tour
  • 28 Days Himlung Expedition
  • 36 Days Ama Dablam Expedition
  • 22 Days Naya Kanga Peak Climbing
  • 19 Days Tharpu Chuli Climbing
  • 16 Days Lobuche East Peak Climbing
  • 14 Days Chulu East Peak Climbing
  • 16 Days Yala Peak Climbing
  • 15 Days Pisang Peak Climbing
  • 14 Days Island Peak Climbing
  • 18 Days Chulu west Peak Climbing
  • 14 Days Mera Peak Climbing
  • 14 Days Everest Base Camp Trek
  • 16 Days Everest Base Camp Trek By Road
  • 20 Days Everest Classic via Jiri Trek
  • 18 Days Everest Base Camp With Gokyo Trek
  • 13 Days Gokyo Lakes Trek
  • 12 Days Scenic Pike Hill Trek
  • 1 Days Everest Base Camp Helicopter Tour
  • 11 Days Everest Base Camp Heli Trek
  • 20 Days Everest Three Passes Trek
  • 9 Days Everest panorama Trek
  • 14 Days Everest Base Camp Luxury
  • 12 Days Ama Dablam Base Camp Trek
  • 13 Days Annapurna Circuit Trek
  • 10 Days Annapurna Basecamp Express Trek
  • 12 Days Annapurna Base Camp Trek
  • 8 Days Annapurna Panorama View Trek
  • 11 Days Khopra Danda Trek
  • 10 Days Mardi Himal Trek
  • 11 Days Mohare Danda Trek
  • 14 Days Annapurna Sanctuary Trek
  • 8 Days Jomsom Muktinath Trek
  • 21 Days Nar Phu Valley Trek
  • 10 Days Langtang Valley Trek
  • 11 Days Langtang Gosaikunda Trek
  • 10 Days Tamang Heritage Trek
  • 15 Days Tamang Heritage and Langtang Valley Trek
  • 8 Days Helambu Trek
  • 13 Days Ganja La Pass Trek
  • 22 Days Manaslu Trek with Tsum Valley
  • 20 Days Tsum Valley Trek
  • 34 Days Manaslu Circuit Nar-Phu Trek
  • 16 days Manaslu Circuit Trekking
  • 17 days Upper Mustang Trekking
  • 5 Days Nagarkot Chisapani Trek
  • 18 Days Lower Dolpo Trek
  • 24 days Kanchenjunga Trek
  • 26 Days Upper Dolpo Trek
  • Why Book with Us
  • Legal Documents
  • Our Friends
  • Terms and Conditions

Overlay image

Your Ultimate Guide to the Everest Base Camp Trek: Tips, Cost,Culture & Safety

Everest base camp trek: your ultimate guide for first-time trekkers.

Everest Base Camp Trek is a dream for many adventure enthusiasts, offering stunning views, a challenging journey, and a once-in-a-lifetime experience. If you’re planning your first trek to this iconic destination, you’re in for an unforgettable adventure. 

However, preparation is key to ensure you’re ready for the challenges ahead. In this guide, we’ll walk you through everything you need to know, from packing the right gear to training your body for high altitudes.

Stay tuned for the following sections, where we dive deeper into the specifics.

What to Expect on the Everest Base Camp Trek

The Everest Base Camp Trek is often described as both challenging and rewarding, offering an incredible blend of stunning Himalayan views, rich cultural encounters, and a sense of personal achievement. For first-time trekkers, it’s essential to understand what you can expect throughout the journey to ensure a smoother experience.

Scenic Highlights and Terrain

One of the primary draws of the Everest Base Camp Trek is the breathtaking scenery you’ll encounter. The trail winds through a variety of landscapes, from the lush green valleys of the lower Khumbu region to the rocky, glacial paths as you ascend higher. 

Along the way, you’ll pass through traditional Sherpa villages like Namche Bazaar and Tengboche , where you can experience the unique culture and hospitality of the local people.

As you climb, you’ll witness jaw-dropping views of some of the world’s tallest peaks, including Mount Everest , Lhotse , and Ama Dablam . These views are not only a treat for your eyes but also provide a deep sense of connection to the majesty of the Himalayas.

Terrain Overview

The trek covers approximately 130 kilometers (round-trip) and typically takes about 12-14 days to complete. While the daily distances may not seem extreme, the high altitude and rugged terrain make it physically demanding. 

Expect a mixture of steep uphill climbs, rocky paths, and occasional descents. The terrain is varied, and while the lower elevations may feature forests and rivers, the higher regions are much more barren and exposed to the elements.

Key Points to Expect :

  • Altitude : The trek begins at around 2,800 meters (Lukla) and reaches a maximum altitude of 5,364 meters at Everest Base Camp.
  • Daily Hiking Hours : Typically, you’ll hike for 5-7 hours per day, with plenty of breaks to acclimatize and take in the scenery.
  • Teahouses : Accommodation along the trek is provided by small teahouses, which offer basic lodging and meals. These are usually comfortable but simple, so don’t expect luxury.
  • Oxygen Levels : As you ascend, oxygen levels decrease, which makes breathing harder and physical exertion more difficult. This is why acclimatization days are vital during the trek.

Emotional and Physical Challenge For many trekkers, the journey is as much a mental challenge as a physical one. The long days, harsh conditions, and the sheer elevation gain can test your resilience. 

However, the sense of accomplishment when you reach Everest Base Camp makes every step worthwhile. Expect moments of awe, difficulty, and exhilaration as you make your way through one of the most iconic trekking routes in the world.

Packing Essentials for First-Time Trekkers on the Everest Base Camp Trek

trekkers in nepal

Packing the right gear is crucial for a successful and comfortable Everest Base Camp Trek. Since the trek takes you through varying altitudes and weather conditions, from warm lower valleys to cold, windy peaks, packing smart will make all the difference. Here’s a comprehensive list of packing essentials, especially for first-time trekkers.

Layering is the key to staying warm and comfortable on the Everest Base Camp Trek. It’s important to pack items that you can add or remove depending on the weather and altitude.

  • Moisture-wicking thermal tops and bottoms are crucial for staying dry and warm. These layers keep sweat off your skin, helping to regulate body temperature.
  • A good-quality fleece jacket for moderately cold weather and a down jacket for when you reach higher altitudes are must-haves. These layers trap heat and keep you warm.
  • The weather in the mountains can change rapidly, so a waterproof and windproof outer shell is vital to protect you from rain, snow, and strong winds.
  • Convertible trekking pants are ideal because they can switch from pants to shorts, offering flexibility in changing temperatures.
  • Lightweight, moisture-wicking, long-sleeve shirts are best for hiking. They protect you from sun exposure and help regulate your body temperature.
  • Insulated gloves and a warm hat are essential for the cold mornings and evenings at higher elevations. A buff or scarf helps protect your neck and face from cold winds and dust.
  • High-quality, well-broken-in trekking boots are crucial. They should provide good ankle support and be waterproof. Comfortable and durable boots will make a huge difference, especially on rocky and uneven terrain.
  • Pack several pairs of thick, moisture-wicking trekking socks, along with liner socks to prevent blisters. Good socks are as important as your boots for foot comfort and protection.

Gear and Equipment

To tackle the physical demands and unpredictable weather conditions of the Everest Base Camp Trek, having the right trekking gear is non-negotiable.

  • Trekking poles provide stability and reduce the impact on your knees, especially during steep ascents and descents.
  • A 30-40L daypack is perfect for carrying your daily essentials like water, snacks, extra layers, and other small gear. Make sure it’s comfortable with padded straps and a good waist belt.
  • While teahouses offer beds and blankets, it can get cold at night. A warm sleeping bag rated for at least -15°C (5°F) is highly recommended for those high-altitude nights.
  • Staying hydrated is essential to combat altitude sickness. Carry a reusable water bottle or hydration bladder (2-3 liters capacity) for easy access to water during trekking.
  • You’ll need a headlamp for early morning or late-night bathroom trips, and during power outages in teahouses. Extra batteries are crucial for longer treks.
  • The sun is strong at high altitudes, and snow glare can cause discomfort or even snow blindness. A good pair of UV-protective sunglasses is essential.

Personal Items and Health Kit

  • Your personal first aid kit should include altitude sickness medication (Diamox), pain relievers, blister care items, bandages, antiseptic cream, and any personal medication.
  • UV rays are stronger at high altitudes. Apply high-SPF sunscreen regularly to protect your skin from sunburn.
  • Dry, chapped lips are common at higher altitudes, so a good lip balm with SPF will help keep them moisturized.
  • Clean drinking water can be hard to come by, so carry purification tablets or a portable filter to ensure safe hydration.
  • While teahouses provide meals, it’s always good to have energy bars, dried fruits, and nuts for quick energy boosts during the trek.

Miscellaneous

  • Charging electronic devices in teahouses can be costly, and power outages are frequent. A power bank or solar charger ensures you have access to your phone and camera throughout the trek.
  • The trek offers some of the most picturesque landscapes, so don’t forget to bring a camera (or phone) to capture the beauty of the Himalayas.
  • Don’t forget your Sagarmatha National Park Permit and TIMS card (Trekker’s Information Management System). These are required for the Everest Base Camp Trek.
  • ATMs are not available along the trekking route, so carrying enough cash for meals, accommodation, and other expenses is essential.

With these essential items, you’ll be well-prepared for the Everest Base Camp Trek. Remember that packing smartly and efficiently is key to a successful adventure. Proper preparation, along with the right gear, will make your trek much more enjoyable.

Altitude Sickness Prevention and Acclimatization Tips for Everest Base Camp Trek

Altitude sickness is one of the main concerns for trekkers heading to Everest Base Camp (EBC). As the altitude increases, the oxygen levels drop, making it harder for your body to adjust. For first-time trekkers or those unfamiliar with high-altitude environments, understanding the risks and prevention methods is crucial for a safe and enjoyable experience.

Understanding Altitude Sickness

Altitude sickness, or Acute Mountain Sickness (AMS), occurs when you ascend to a high altitude too quickly, not giving your body enough time to acclimatize. The main types of altitude sickness that trekkers should be aware of include:

  • Symptoms include headaches, dizziness, shortness of breath, fatigue, and nausea. This is the most common form and can be mild or severe.
  • A severe form of altitude sickness affecting the lungs. Symptoms include breathlessness, cough (sometimes with frothy sputum), and chest congestion. This condition can be life-threatening and requires immediate descent and medical attention.
  • The most severe form of altitude sickness, it affects the brain. Symptoms include confusion, difficulty walking, hallucinations, and loss of consciousness. Like HAPE, it is life-threatening and requires immediate descent.

Tips to Prevent Altitude Sickness on the Everest Base Camp Trek

  • The golden rule for avoiding altitude sickness is to ascend slowly. The Everest Base Camp Trek itinerary typically includes acclimatization days at Namche Bazaar and Dingboche. These rest days are essential for giving your body time to adjust to the thin air.
  • It is recommended to follow the “climb high, sleep low” approach, where you trek to a higher altitude during the day but sleep at a lower elevation.
  • Dehydration can worsen altitude sickness, so it’s important to drink plenty of water. Aim for at least 3-4 liters of water daily. Avoid caffeinated and alcoholic beverages, as these can dehydrate you and exacerbate symptoms.
  • Trekking at high altitudes is more physically demanding. Avoid pushing yourself too hard, especially on the steep sections of the trek. Take regular breaks and pace yourself to conserve energy and allow your body to adapt to the altitude.
  • Your body will burn more energy at higher altitudes, so eating a diet rich in carbohydrates and calories is important. Local meals in teahouses, such as dal bhat , are excellent choices because they provide energy and are easy to digest.
  • Frequent small meals and snacks like energy bars and dried fruits will keep you fueled throughout the trek.
  • Acetazolamide (Diamox) is often used as a preventative measure for altitude sickness. It helps speed up acclimatization by making you breathe faster, which increases oxygen intake. Consult your doctor before taking this medication, and take it as prescribed.
  • Pay attention to how your body feels, and be honest about any symptoms of altitude sickness. Common early signs include headaches, dizziness, loss of appetite, and difficulty sleeping. If symptoms worsen, descend to a lower altitude immediately.

Acclimatization Days on the Everest Base Camp Trek

Acclimatization days are scheduled to allow your body to adjust to the higher altitudes. Here’s what you can do during these rest days to help your body acclimatize:

  • On Day 3 or 4 of your trek, you’ll spend an acclimatization day in Namche Bazaar, the bustling Sherpa town. Use this day to explore nearby viewpoints like Syangboche Airstrip or trek to Everest View Hotel (3,880 meters) to get a first glimpse of Mount Everest.
  • Another key acclimatization point is Dingboche. You can take a short hike to Nangkartshang Peak (5,083 meters) for excellent views of Ama Dablam and other surrounding peaks while still sleeping at a lower altitude in Dingboche.

How to Manage Altitude Sickness if Symptoms Arise

  • If you experience severe symptoms like confusion, difficulty breathing, or extreme fatigue, the best remedy is immediate descent. Even going down by 500 to 1,000 meters can make a huge difference.
  • While carrying oxygen tanks isn’t necessary for the majority of trekkers, they can be found in some teahouses for emergencies. Guides and porters are trained to handle altitude sickness and will often carry small oxygen tanks in case of severe symptoms.
  • Cold temperatures can worsen the symptoms of altitude sickness. Always ensure you stay warm by layering up and using a good sleeping bag at night.

Importance of Proper Acclimatization and Mental Preparation

Acclimatization is not just about physical adjustment; mental readiness is also key. The Everest Base Camp Trek is a challenging and rewarding experience, and part of successfully completing it lies in preparing your mind for the challenge ahead. 

Maintaining a positive attitude, staying patient with the pace of the trek, and respecting your body’s limits will greatly enhance your experience.

Remember, altitude sickness can affect anyone, regardless of age, gender, or fitness level. With proper preparation, gradual ascent, and a focus on health and safety, you can minimize the risks and enjoy one of the most incredible treks in the world.

Teahouse Accommodation: What to Expect on the Everest Base Camp Trek

Everest Base Camp Trek houses and tea  house

One of the unique aspects of trekking to Everest Base Camp is staying in teahouse accommodations . These are small, family-run lodges that offer basic amenities for trekkers and climbers along the trail. While the teahouses aren’t luxurious, they provide a comfortable, warm place to rest and socialize after long days of trekking.

Overview of Teahouses on the EBC Trek

Teahouses are scattered throughout the Everest region, typically spaced a few hours apart, making it easy to find accommodation each night. Trekkers can expect basic rooms, shared bathrooms, and hearty meals to keep their energy up for the next leg of the journey.

  • Location : Most teahouses are located in villages along the trail, such as Phakding, Namche Bazaar, Tengboche, Dingboche, Lobuche , and Gorak Shep .
  • Altitude : As you ascend higher, the number of teahouses decreases, and the quality of facilities becomes more basic, particularly in higher-altitude areas like Gorak Shep.

Room Facilities in Teahouses

Teahouse rooms are typically simple, with minimal furnishings. However, they provide the essential comfort needed after a day’s trek. Here’s what you can expect:

  • Rooms generally have two single beds with a thin mattress, pillow, and blanket. While the blankets are warm, it’s recommended to bring your own sleeping bag , especially for the higher altitudes where the nights can be very cold.
  • Teahouses are often made of wood or stone, and the walls are usually thin, which means they are not well-insulated. Bring earplugs to block out noise from other trekkers, and be prepared for colder nights, especially at higher elevations.
  • Most teahouses have shared bathrooms, usually located outside of the main sleeping area. These bathrooms are basic, with squat toilets being the norm in many places. In some teahouses, you may find Western-style toilets, but they are less common.

Shower and Bathroom Facilities

  • Hot showers are available at many teahouses but come at an additional cost, ranging from $2 to $6. The higher you go, the more expensive they become, and in some remote places, hot water may not be available at all. Many trekkers opt for a bucket bath or use wet wipes instead of showering daily.
  • Toilets range from basic squat toilets to Western-style toilets in some teahouses. It’s a good idea to carry toilet paper and hand sanitizer , as these are rarely provided and must be purchased separately.
  • Safe drinking water is essential at high altitudes. Most teahouses offer boiled or filtered water, but it’s still advisable to bring water purification tablets or a water filtration system to ensure you have access to clean water.

Meals and Dining in Teahouses

Teahouse meals are generally simple, nutritious, and focused on providing energy for trekking. While the menu varies slightly from place to place, there are common foods available throughout the trek.

  • A popular meal among trekkers, dal bhat consists of lentil soup, rice, and vegetables. It’s a high-energy meal that’s both filling and nutritious. Many trekkers appreciate its unlimited servings, which help fuel them for the trek ahead.
  • Teahouses also serve Western dishes such as pasta, pancakes, toast, fried rice , and even pizza . However, it’s worth noting that the quality of these dishes diminishes at higher altitudes.
  • Tea and coffee are staples in every teahouse. Try a cup of masala tea or ginger tea , both of which are known to help with digestion and altitude acclimatization.
  • As you ascend, the cost of food increases due to the difficulty in transporting supplies to higher altitudes. Meals can cost anywhere from $3 to $10 depending on the location, with prices rising at teahouses closer to Everest Base Camp.

Electricity and Charging Facilities

  • Many teahouses use solar power, and electricity is often limited. Charging your electronic devices, such as cameras and phones, is available for a fee (usually around $2-$5 per hour). It’s advisable to carry extra batteries or a solar charger to avoid relying on teahouse electricity.
  • Wi-Fi is available in some teahouses, but it is slow and often comes with a charge. It’s better to enjoy the offline experience of the trek and rely on local SIM cards for connectivity.

Socializing in the Dining Hall

Teahouses are more than just a place to sleep; they serve as social hubs where trekkers from all over the world gather to eat, rest, and share stories. The dining hall is typically the warmest area in the teahouse, with a central stove burning wood or yak dung to heat the room.

  • The shared dining areas offer the perfect opportunity to meet other trekkers, share tips, and exchange experiences from the trail. These conversations often provide invaluable insights into the trek and can foster a strong sense of camaraderie.
  • Teahouses are often run by local families, and staying in them provides a chance to connect with the Sherpa community. You can learn about their culture, traditions, and the history of the region.

Tips for Staying in Teahouses

  • During peak trekking seasons (spring and autumn), teahouses can fill up quickly. Booking your stay ahead of time, especially in busy villages like Namche Bazaar, is highly recommended.
  • Since teahouses are basic, packing wisely is crucial. Essential items include a sleeping bag , headlamp , portable charger , and layers to stay warm during the night.
  • Many teahouses have their own house rules. Be respectful by adhering to curfews, quiet hours, and bathroom etiquette. This ensures a pleasant stay for both you and other trekkers.
  • The hospitality of the local Sherpa and teahouse staff goes a long way in making your trek enjoyable. Tipping at the end of your stay is a great way to show your appreciation for their hard work and kindness.

Teahouses offer a unique and authentic way to experience the Everest Base Camp Trek. While they may not have all the modern luxuries, their simplicity adds to the adventure and charm of trekking in the Himalayas. Staying in these humble lodges gives you a glimpse into the daily lives of the local Sherpa people while providing the essentials you need to complete the journey to Everest Base Camp.

Best Time to Trek to Everest Base Camp

The Everest Base Camp Trek is an adventure that can be enjoyed during various seasons of the year. However, the best time to trek is when the weather conditions are favorable, the views are clear, and the trails are accessible. In this section, we’ll dive into the two primary trekking seasons— spring and autumn —as well as explore trekking during the monsoon and winter seasons, for those seeking a different experience.

Spring (March to May): A Vibrant and Popular Season

Spring is considered one of the best times to trek to Everest Base Camp, offering mild temperatures, clear skies, and the blossoming of rhododendrons and other mountain flowers along the trail. This period is perfect for those who want a mix of pleasant weather, stunning views, and lively trekking routes.

  • Daytime temperatures range between 10°C and 15°C at lower altitudes, while higher elevations around Base Camp hover around -5°C to -10°C . The weather is generally stable, though it can be colder in the mornings and evenings.
  • Spring offers some of the clearest views of the Himalayan peaks , with minimal clouds obscuring the scenery. This is the perfect time to capture iconic photographs of Mount Everest, Lhotse, and Nuptse.
  • Due to the favorable conditions, spring is one of the busiest times on the trail. Namche Bazaar and other key stops along the route will have a lively atmosphere, with trekkers from around the world. It’s important to book accommodations early during this season.
  • One of the highlights of trekking in spring is witnessing the rhododendron forests in full bloom, painting the landscape with vibrant reds, pinks, and whites. The rich biodiversity also attracts various bird species, adding to the overall trekking experience.

Autumn (September to November): Crystal Clear Skies and Comfortable Trekking

Autumn is another highly recommended time for trekking to Everest Base Camp. Post-monsoon rains leave the skies clear and the environment lush, creating the perfect backdrop for an unforgettable trekking experience.

  • Daytime temperatures are pleasant, ranging from 12°C to 20°C in lower regions. At higher altitudes, expect temperatures to be cooler, around 0°C to -10°C at night. The days are mostly clear, and the risk of rainfall is minimal.
  • Trekkers will enjoy crystal-clear skies during autumn, with breathtaking views of snow-capped mountains such as Ama Dablam, Everest, and Thamserku . Sunrises and sunsets are particularly beautiful this time of year.
  • Autumn, like spring, is a popular trekking season. The trails, teahouses, and key attractions can be crowded, so planning ahead is key. However, the stunning weather and perfect conditions make it worth the extra people on the trail.
  • Trekking during autumn also offers the chance to witness local cultural festivals like Dashain and Tihar , celebrated by the Sherpa and other communities in the region. These festivals add a rich cultural dimension to your trekking experience.

Monsoon (June to August): A Quieter Trekking Experience

Monsoon season brings heavy rainfall to much of Nepal, making trekking in the Everest region more challenging. However, for those seeking solitude and adventure, the monsoon season can offer an entirely different trekking experience.

  • The Everest region receives significantly less rainfall compared to lower altitudes, but the trails can still be muddy and slippery. Daytime temperatures hover around 15°C to 20°C , while higher altitudes remain colder.
  • One of the biggest advantages of trekking during the monsoon is the absence of crowds. If you prefer a quieter experience , with fewer trekkers on the trail and more availability in teahouses, this season could be for you.
  • The rain brings life to the landscape, turning the region lush and green. Trekkers during monsoon will get to enjoy a very different side of the Himalayas, with blooming wildflowers and verdant valleys.
  • While the views of the mountains may be obscured by clouds during the day, there are often clear mornings , providing an opportunity to catch glimpses of the towering peaks.
  • The downside to trekking during monsoon is the leech-infested trails at lower altitudes and frequent rain showers. Good rain gear and preparation are essential for trekking during this time.

Winter (December to February): Cold, Quiet, and Challenging

Winter trekking to Everest Base Camp is not for the faint of heart, as this season brings harsh weather conditions and much colder temperatures. However, for experienced trekkers or those who want to avoid crowds, winter trekking can be a rewarding experience.

  • Expect daytime temperatures at lower altitudes to range between 5°C and 10°C , while higher altitudes like Gorak Shep and Everest Base Camp experience -10°C to -20°C at night. Snow is common at higher elevations, adding to the challenge.
  • Winter is the least popular time for trekking to Everest Base Camp, so you’ll have the trails almost to yourself. For those seeking a solitary trekking experience with uninterrupted views , winter might be the perfect time to go.
  • While it’s colder, winter offers some of the clearest skies. Snow-capped peaks glisten against the bright blue backdrop, making for stunning views throughout the trek.
  • Due to fewer trekkers, some teahouses may close for the season, and the facilities in open teahouses may be limited. However, this season offers the chance to experience the raw, untamed beauty of the Himalayas.
  • Winter trekking is extremely cold, and snow on the trails can make trekking more difficult. Adequate preparation, including high-quality gear and proper layering , is essential.

Comparing the Seasons: Key Takeaways

Which season is best for you.

Choosing the best time to trek to Everest Base Camp largely depends on your personal preferences, goals, and level of experience.

  • If you want perfect trekking conditions with vibrant landscapes, spring and autumn are the best choices.
  • For less crowded trails and a quieter experience, monsoon or winter trekking may be more appealing, though they come with challenges like slippery trails and colder temperatures.

No matter which season you choose, the Everest Base Camp Trek offers a once-in-a-lifetime adventure through the stunning landscapes of the Himalayas.

Essential Gear and Packing List for the Everest Base Camp Trek

When preparing for the Everest Base Camp Trek , having the right gear is essential for both comfort and safety. The altitude, weather, and long hiking days make it crucial to pack efficiently and wisely. In this section, we’ll break down the must-have items for your trek, including clothing, trekking equipment, and essentials for staying healthy and comfortable in the mountains.

Clothing: Layering is Key

The key to dressing for Everest Base Camp is layering . Temperatures can vary dramatically depending on the time of day, altitude, and weather conditions. Layering allows you to adjust to changing conditions by adding or removing clothing as needed. Here’s what you should include in your packing list:

1. Base Layers (Moisture-Wicking)

  • Thermal Tops and Bottoms : Essential for cold mornings and high altitudes, a good thermal base layer helps regulate your body temperature by wicking sweat away from your skin.
  • Materials : Look for merino wool or synthetic blends that dry quickly and keep you warm.

2. Insulation Layer

  • Fleece Jacket : A medium-weight fleece provides warmth without being too bulky. This is perfect for cooler afternoons or at higher altitudes.
  • Down Jacket : An insulated down jacket is a must for the Everest Base Camp Trek, especially for chilly evenings and mornings in the higher regions. It’s lightweight, packs small, and offers excellent warmth.

3. Outer Layer (Windproof/Waterproof)

  • Waterproof Jacket : The weather in the mountains can be unpredictable, so packing a waterproof, windproof jacket (ideally with a hood) is critical. Choose a lightweight, breathable option with Gore-Tex or similar material.
  • Waterproof Pants : Having a pair of waterproof trousers in your pack will protect you from rain and snow, keeping you dry and comfortable during inclement weather.

4. Trekking Pants

  • Lightweight Pants : Opt for quick-drying trekking pants for daytime hikes. These will keep you comfortable in warmer weather and can be layered with thermal leggings for colder conditions.
  • Convertible Pants : Some trekkers prefer zip-off pants , which can be turned into shorts when it gets warm during the day.

5. Additional Clothing

  • Trekking Socks : Bring multiple pairs of wool or synthetic hiking socks to prevent blisters and keep your feet dry. Avoid cotton, which retains moisture.
  • Gloves : Both lightweight liner gloves and insulated gloves are recommended. You’ll need them for warmth during cold nights or high-altitude sections.
  • Hat and Buff : A warm hat for high altitudes and mornings, as well as a buff or neck gaiter to protect your face and neck from wind and dust.
  • Sun Hat : Protect yourself from the strong mountain sun with a wide-brimmed sun hat .

Footwear: Comfort and Protection

Your feet are your most important asset during the trek, so choosing the right footwear is essential.

1. Trekking Boots

  • Look for well-fitted, waterproof, and high-ankle boots that offer good support and grip on rough terrain. Your trekking boots should be well broken-in before the trek to avoid blisters and discomfort.

2. Camp Shoes

  • After long days of hiking, it’s nice to slip into something more comfortable at the teahouses. Lightweight camp shoes like sandals or crocs are perfect for relaxing in the evenings.
  • Consider bringing gaiters to protect your legs and boots from mud, snow, and dust, especially if you’re trekking in the monsoon or winter.

Backpack and Trekking Gear

Choosing the right backpack and essential trekking equipment will ensure you can carry your belongings comfortably and have everything you need on the trail.

1. Backpack

  • A 30-40L backpack with a good hip belt and adjustable straps is ideal for carrying your daily essentials, like snacks, water, and layers. Make sure it’s lightweight and has a rain cover to keep your gear dry.

2. Daypack or Duffel Bag

  • If you hire a porter, you’ll only need to carry a small daypack with items for the day. Your larger duffel or backpack will be carried by the porter. A 65-75L duffel is typically recommended for the gear and clothing you won’t need during the day.

3. Trekking Poles

  • Trekking poles are extremely useful, especially on steep ascents, descents, and rough terrain. Adjustable, lightweight poles with comfortable grips will reduce the strain on your knees and improve stability.

Camping and Sleeping Gear

Even though you’ll be staying in teahouses, having the right sleeping gear can make a big difference in your comfort level at high altitudes.

1. Sleeping Bag

  • A warm, down sleeping bag rated to at least -10°C is essential for cold nights at higher altitudes. Many teahouses provide blankets, but they are often not sufficient to keep you warm at Base Camp.

2. Sleeping Bag Liner

  • Adding a sleeping bag liner can provide extra warmth and also helps keep your sleeping bag clean. A silk or fleece liner works best.

Hydration and Nutrition

Staying hydrated and well-nourished is key to maintaining energy levels throughout the trek.

1. Water Bottle or Hydration Bladder

  • A 1-2L reusable water bottle or hydration bladder is essential for carrying enough water. Make sure you can refill it easily at teahouses. You’ll also want water purification tablets or a filter to treat the water, as bottled water gets expensive and contributes to plastic waste.
  • High-energy snacks like granola bars, dried fruit, nuts, and chocolates will give you a quick boost when you need it. These can also be bought in villages along the trail, though they can be more expensive.

Health and Hygiene Essentials

Personal health and hygiene items are vital, especially when you’re spending days at a time in remote areas without access to stores or pharmacies.

1. First Aid Kit

  • A basic first aid kit with bandages, blister treatment (like moleskin), antiseptic cream, and pain relievers is crucial. Don’t forget medications for altitude sickness (like Diamox), cold and flu , and anti-diarrheal tablets.

2. Hand Sanitizer and Wet Wipes

  • There are no showers at high-altitude teahouses, so wet wipes will come in handy for personal hygiene. A small bottle of hand sanitizer will help keep your hands clean, especially before meals.

3. Sunscreen and Lip Balm

  • The UV rays are strong at high altitudes, so a high SPF sunscreen and lip balm with SPF are a must to prevent sunburn and chapped lips.

4. Toiletries

  • Bring biodegradable soap , toothbrush and toothpaste , and a small quick-drying towel . Many trekkers also carry a roll of toilet paper as it’s not always available at teahouses.

Miscellaneous Gear and Accessories

Finally, don’t forget these useful items that can make your trekking experience even smoother.

1. Headlamp

  • A headlamp is essential for early morning hikes and navigating around teahouses in the evening. Bring extra batteries to last the entire trek.

2. Sunglasses

  • A good pair of polarized sunglasses will protect your eyes from the intense sun, especially when walking on snow or ice.
  • While smartphones work great for photos, if you want high-quality shots of the mountains, consider bringing a camera with extra memory cards and batteries.

4. Portable Charger/Power Bank

  • Electricity is often unreliable and expensive at higher altitudes. A power bank will keep your devices charged, especially your phone and camera.

Final Thoughts: Packing Smart for Everest Base Camp

Packing for the Everest Base Camp Trek requires careful consideration to ensure you’re prepared for the physical challenges and varying weather conditions. The goal is to pack light but bring everything you need for safety and comfort. Having the right gear will ensure that you can focus on the breathtaking views and the adventure of a lifetime, rather than worrying about what you might have forgotten.

How to Train and Prepare for the Everest Base Camp Trek

Langtang Gosaikunda Trek Preparation

Preparing physically and mentally for the Everest Base Camp Trek is as crucial as packing the right gear. While the trek is achievable for those with moderate fitness, it requires specific training and preparation to make the journey enjoyable and safe. In this section, we will cover a comprehensive training plan, altitude training, and key tips for ensuring you’re fully prepared for the challenges of trekking to Everest Base Camp.

1. Build Your Cardiovascular Endurance

The Everest Base Camp Trek involves long days of trekking, with most days ranging between 5-8 hours of walking. Building cardiovascular endurance is key to ensuring you have the stamina to complete the trek. Here’s how you can improve your cardio:

  • Start Walking or Hiking Regularly : Aim for at least 3-4 days a week of walking or hiking. Gradually increase the distance and elevation gain each week. Begin with shorter hikes and work your way up to 5-6 hours of walking , similar to the daily trek distances.
  • Cardio Exercises : Incorporate running, cycling, or swimming into your routine to strengthen your lungs and heart. Try interval training for more intense cardio sessions, alternating between moderate and high-intensity exercises.
  • Stair Climbing : If you live in a city or don’t have access to mountains, stair climbing is a great alternative for simulating the uphill terrain of the trek. Use a stair climber at the gym or climb stairs in your home or office building to build leg strength and endurance.

2. Strength Training for Trekking

Along with cardio, strength training will help you tackle steep ascents and long descents without feeling fatigued or risking injury. Here’s what to focus on:

  • Leg Workouts : Include exercises like lunges, squats, and step-ups in your routine. These target the quadriceps, hamstrings, and glutes—key muscle groups used when trekking uphill and downhill.
  • Core Strength : A strong core helps with balance and reduces the strain on your back when carrying a daypack. Incorporate exercises like planks, Russian twists, and mountain climbers into your workouts.
  • Upper Body : Although the trek is mainly focused on your legs, having strong shoulders and arms will help you handle your backpack and trekking poles. Exercises like push-ups, dumbbell rows, and shoulder presses will strengthen your upper body.

Training Tip : Aim to do strength training twice a week in addition to your cardio workouts.

3. Practice Hiking with a Backpack

Since you’ll be carrying a daypack during the trek, it’s essential to train your body to get used to the weight and distribution. Start hiking with a 10-15 lb (4.5-7 kg) pack and gradually increase the weight as you get stronger. Make sure to include all the gear you’ll carry during the trek (water, snacks, layers, etc.) to simulate the real experience.

  • Backpack Practice : Wear your pack during practice hikes and walks to ensure it’s comfortable and well-fitted. This will help you adjust to the weight and ensure you can walk for hours without discomfort.
  • Trekking Poles Practice : If you plan to use trekking poles during the hike, practice walking with them to improve your balance and coordination on uneven terrain.

4. Acclimatization and Altitude Trainin g

One of the biggest challenges of the Everest Base Camp Trek is the altitude. Trekking to heights over 5,000 meters (16,400 feet) can lead to altitude sickness if your body isn’t acclimatized properly. While you can’t fully simulate high altitude before the trek, you can train to help your body adapt:

  • Hiking at Altitude : If possible, train by hiking at high altitudes (above 2,500 meters or 8,000 feet). This will give your body a taste of the thinner air and help it adjust to the reduced oxygen levels.
  • Altitude Mask : Some trekkers use an altitude training mask to simulate reduced oxygen levels during workouts. While not necessary, it can be a helpful addition to your training routine.
  • Acclimatization Days : The Everest Base Camp Trek itself is designed with rest days for acclimatization , but it’s still important to listen to your body and take it slow as you ascend. If you experience symptoms of altitude sickness (headaches, dizziness, nausea), take an extra day to rest.

5. Flexibility and Mobility Training

While cardio and strength are important, having good flexibility can prevent injuries and soreness during the trek. Stretching should be a key part of your training plan to improve mobility and range of motion.

  • Stretching Routine : Incorporate daily stretches for your legs, back, and shoulders . Focus on dynamic stretches before your workouts and static stretches after to prevent stiffness and improve flexibility.
  • Yoga : Yoga is an excellent way to improve flexibility, balance, and core strength. It also helps with mental preparation , promoting relaxation and reducing stress—something that can be beneficial during long trekking days.

6. Mental Preparation for the Trek

The Everest Base Camp Trek is as much a mental challenge as it is a physical one. Long days of hiking, steep ascents, and altitude can be mentally exhausting. Mental preparation is key to maintaining a positive mindset throughout the trek.

  • Visualization : Spend time visualizing yourself successfully completing the trek. Picture the challenges you might face (like fatigue or tough terrain) and how you will overcome them.
  • Mindfulness and Breathing Exercises : Mindfulness techniques and breathing exercises can help you stay calm and focused during the trek. These practices are especially useful for managing altitude sickness and fatigue, as well as staying positive through difficult moments.
  • Set Realistic Goals : Understand that the trek will be challenging, but also incredibly rewarding. Set small daily goals and celebrate your progress as you reach each milestone, whether it’s a new altitude, a challenging ascent, or reaching a teahouse after a long day.

7. Nutrition and Hydration

Your diet and hydration habits leading up to the trek are vital for building strength and stamina.

  • Pre-Trek Diet : Eat a balanced diet rich in carbohydrates, proteins, and healthy fats to fuel your training. Incorporate lean meats, whole grains, fruits, and vegetables to support muscle growth and energy levels.
  • Hydration : Staying hydrated is essential, especially when training at altitude. Drink plenty of water during your workouts and hikes, and make sure to carry water with you during the trek. You’ll also want to stay hydrated during the trek to help with altitude acclimatization.
  • Supplements : If you’re training hard, you might want to consider taking vitamins or supplements like electrolytes, protein powder, or BCAAs to support your body’s recovery.

8. Trekking Experience

If possible, complete some multi-day treks before embarking on the Everest Base Camp Trek. Multi-day treks will help you get used to consecutive days of hiking, managing fatigue, and understanding your body’s limits.

  • Test Your Gear : Use your practice treks as an opportunity to test your gear—backpack, trekking poles, boots, and clothing. This will help you identify any potential issues before the actual trek.

Final Thoughts: Preparing for Everest Base Camp

Training and preparation are key to having a successful and enjoyable experience on the Everest Base Camp Trek . By building your cardiovascular fitness, strength, and mental resilience, you’ll be well-equipped to tackle the challenges of the trek. Remember that preparation goes beyond physical fitness—it’s about ensuring that you have the right mindset, gear, and health to enjoy the breathtaking journey to the foot of the world’s highest mountain.

Cost Breakdown of the Everest Base Camp Trek

Understanding the costs associated with the Everest Base Camp Trek is essential for budgeting and planning your adventure. The overall expense can vary significantly based on several factors, including the type of trek package you choose, the duration of your stay, and your travel preferences. In this section, we will provide a detailed breakdown of the costs involved in trekking to Everest Base Camp, including permits, transportation, accommodation, food, and other essential expenses.

1. Trekking Permits

One of the first costs you’ll incur for the Everest Base Camp Trek is the necessary permits. Here’s a look at the key permits required:

  • Trekkers’ Information Management System (TIMS) Card : Required for trekking in Nepal, the TIMS card costs around $10 to $20 depending on whether you apply individually or through an agency.
  • Sagarmatha National Park Permit : This permit is mandatory for entering the Sagarmatha National Park, costing approximately $30 to $50 .

Total Permit Costs : $40 to $70

2. Transportation Costs

Getting to the trailhead (Lukla) is another essential part of your budget. Most trekkers fly from Kathmandu to Lukla, and here’s what you can expect:

  • Domestic Flight to Lukla : The round-trip flight from Kathmandu to Lukla typically costs between $300 to $500 . Prices can fluctuate based on the season and how far in advance you book.
  • Airport Transfers : You may need to factor in the cost of transfers to and from Tribhuvan International Airport in Kathmandu, which can range from $10 to $30 .

Total Transportation Costs : $310 to $530

3. Trekking Packages

Many trekkers choose to join guided tours or package deals, which can provide comprehensive services including guides, porters, accommodation, and meals. Here’s a breakdown of what to expect:

  • Accommodation in teahouses or lodges
  • Meals during the trek (breakfast, lunch, dinner)
  • Experienced guides and porters
  • Trekking permits and necessary fees

Total Trekking Package Costs : $1,000 to $2,500

4. Accommodation Costs

If you’re trekking independently, accommodation will be one of your major expenses. Here’s what to consider:

  • Lower Altitudes (Lukla to Namche Bazaar): $10 to $20 per night
  • Mid to Higher Altitudes (Namche Bazaar to Gorak Shep): $20 to $50 per night

For a 12-day trek , assuming an average of $20 per night , the total accommodation cost would be around $240 .

Total Accommodation Costs : $240 to $600 (depending on choice of lodgings)

5. Food Costs

Food is another significant expense, especially since you’ll be eating three meals a day on the trek. Here’s an estimate:

  • Breakfast: $5 to $10
  • Lunch: $5 to $15
  • Dinner: $10 to $20

Assuming an average of $15 per day for food , the total for a 12-day trek would be approximately $180 .

Total Food Costs : $120 to $300

6. Additional Expenses

There are several other expenses to consider that can add to your overall cost:

  • Gear Rental or Purchase : If you need to rent or buy trekking gear (like sleeping bags, down jackets, or trekking poles), budget around $100 to $300 .
  • Travel Insurance : Essential for any trekking adventure, especially at high altitudes. Expect to pay around $50 to $150 for adequate coverage.
  • Tips for Guides and Porters : Tipping is customary in Nepal. Budget around $10 to $20 per day for your guide and porter.

Total Additional Expenses : $260 to $470

Overall Cost Summary

Here’s a summary of the estimated costs for the Everest Base Camp Trek :

Final Thoughts: Budgeting for Your Trek

Budgeting for the Everest Base Camp Trek can vary widely based on your choices and travel style. Whether you opt for a guided package or choose to trek independently, understanding these costs will help you plan and prepare for an unforgettable adventure to the base of the world’s highest peak.

Essential Gear for the Everest Base Camp Trek

everest base camp 2023

Embarking on the Everest Base Camp Trek requires careful preparation, particularly regarding the gear you bring along. The right equipment can significantly enhance your trekking experience, ensuring your comfort and safety in the challenging Himalayan environment. Below is a comprehensive list of essential gear categorized by type, helping you make informed choices for your adventure.

1. Footwear

Hiking Boots : A good pair of sturdy, waterproof hiking boots is crucial for trekking on uneven terrain. Look for boots that provide ankle support and have a good grip. Recommended features include:

  • Waterproof material (Gore-Tex is a popular choice)
  • Sturdy soles with deep treads
  • Break-in period before the trek

Trekking Socks : Invest in moisture-wicking, padded socks. Wool or synthetic materials are preferable as they help prevent blisters.

2. Clothing Layers

Base Layer : Lightweight, moisture-wicking shirts and thermal underwear will help regulate your body temperature and wick away sweat.

Insulating Layer : Fleece or down jackets provide warmth without being overly bulky. Choose options that pack easily into your backpack.

Outer Layer : A waterproof and windproof jacket is essential to protect against rain and strong winds. Look for features such as adjustable hoods and ventilation.

Trekking Pants : Lightweight, quick-drying pants are ideal. Consider convertible pants that can zip off into shorts for versatility.

3. Accessories

Warm Hat and Gloves : Bring a warm hat to protect your head from cold temperatures. Insulated gloves or mittens are also essential, especially for higher altitudes.

Buff or Neck Gaiter : This versatile piece of gear can protect your neck and face from the cold and sun.

Sunglasses : UV-protection sunglasses are vital for shielding your eyes from the sun’s glare at high altitudes.

4. Backpack

Trekking Backpack : A comfortable, well-fitted backpack with a capacity of 30 to 50 liters is ideal for multi-day treks. Look for features such as:

  • Hydration reservoir compatibility
  • Adjustable straps for comfort
  • Multiple compartments for organization

5. Sleeping Gear

Sleeping Bag : Choose a high-quality, lightweight sleeping bag rated for cold temperatures (down to at least -10°C or 14°F). Consider a compression sack for easy packing.

Sleeping Pad : An inflatable or foam sleeping pad adds insulation and comfort for a better night’s sleep.

6. Hydration and Nutrition

Water Bottle or Hydration System : Staying hydrated is crucial. A durable water bottle or a hydration bladder will help you easily carry and access water.

Water Purification : Carry purification tablets or a water filter to ensure you have access to safe drinking water throughout your trek.

Snacks : High-energy snacks such as nuts, energy bars, and dried fruits are great for quick refueling on the trail.

7. Navigation and Safety Gear

Trekking Poles : Adjustable trekking poles can provide stability and reduce strain on your knees, especially during descents.

Map and Compass/GPS Device : Familiarize yourself with the trail and carry a physical map and compass or a GPS device for navigation.

First Aid Kit : A basic first aid kit should include band-aids, antiseptic wipes, pain relievers, altitude sickness medication, and any personal medications.

Final Thoughts: Choosing the Right Gear

Choosing the right gear for the Everest Base Camp Trek can make a significant difference in your trekking experience. Prioritize comfort, safety, and weather-appropriate options to ensure a successful adventure. As you prepare your gear, remember that less is often more—opt for lightweight, multi-functional items to keep your pack manageable.

Safety Tips for Trekking the Everest Base Camp Trek

Safety should be a top priority when undertaking the Everest Base Camp Trek . The high-altitude environment, challenging terrain, and unpredictable weather conditions require careful planning and awareness. Here are essential safety tips to ensure a safe and enjoyable trekking experience.

1. Acclimatization

Understand Altitude Sickness : As you ascend to higher altitudes, your body needs time to adjust. Altitude sickness can affect anyone, regardless of fitness level.

Gradual Ascent : Follow the “climb high, sleep low” principle. Ascend gradually and take rest days to acclimatize properly, especially at critical points like Namche Bazaar.

Recognize Symptoms : Be aware of symptoms like headaches, nausea, dizziness, and fatigue. If symptoms worsen, descend immediately to a lower altitude.

2. Hydration

Stay Hydrated : Proper hydration is crucial at high altitudes. Drink at least 3 to 4 liters of water daily.

Water Purification : Always purify your drinking water to prevent waterborne illnesses. Use purification tablets or filters.

3. Physical Fitness

Prepare Physically : Train in advance to build your stamina and strength. Focus on cardiovascular fitness, leg strength, and endurance.

Practice on Similar Terrain : If possible, practice trekking on hilly or mountainous terrain to simulate conditions you will face on the trek.

4. Weather Awareness

Check the Forecast : Weather conditions in the Himalayas can change rapidly. Regularly check forecasts to prepare for potential storms or extreme conditions.

Be Prepared for Variability : Pack clothing for all types of weather, including rain, snow, and sunshine. Layering is key to adapting to changing temperatures.

5. Navigation Skills

Know Your Route : Familiarize yourself with the trekking route beforehand. Use maps, guidebooks, and GPS devices to navigate.

Stay on the Trail : Always stick to established paths to avoid getting lost or harming the environment.

6. Travel Insurance

Get Comprehensive Coverage : Purchase travel insurance that covers high-altitude trekking, medical emergencies, and evacuation. Ensure it includes coverage for altitude sickness.

7. Emergency Preparedness

Have an Emergency Plan : Know what to do in case of an emergency. Carry a fully charged mobile phone and familiarize yourself with local emergency contacts.

First Aid Knowledge : Understand basic first aid, especially related to altitude sickness and injuries. Having this knowledge can be invaluable on the trek.

8. Trek with a Guide

Consider a Guided Trek : If you’re inexperienced or trekking independently, hiring a reputable guide can enhance your safety and experience. They can provide valuable insights and assistance.

9. Respect Local Culture

Be Mindful of Local Customs : Respect the traditions and customs of local communities. Being culturally sensitive fosters goodwill and helps ensure a positive trekking experience.

Final Thoughts: Prioritizing Safety

Safety is paramount on the Everest Base Camp Trek . By preparing adequately and following these safety tips, you can minimize risks and enjoy the breathtaking beauty of the Himalayas with peace of mind.

Cultural Etiquette During the Everest Base Camp Trek

Everest Base Camp Helicopter Tour

Respecting local culture is essential when trekking to Everest Base Camp. The region is home to the Sherpa people, who have rich traditions and customs. Understanding and following cultural etiquette not only enriches your experience but also fosters goodwill and respect between trekkers and locals. Here are key points to keep in mind during your trek.

1. Greetings and Communication

Use Local Greetings : A simple “Namaste” with a slight bow and hands together is a respectful way to greet locals. This gesture shows appreciation and respect.

Smile and Be Polite : A friendly demeanor goes a long way. Smile often and communicate with kindness, even if there’s a language barrier.

2. Dress Appropriately

Modest Clothing : While trekking, wear modest and conservative clothing, especially in villages and monasteries. Avoid revealing outfits to show respect for local customs.

Traditional Attire : If invited to a local home or ceremony, consider wearing traditional Nepali clothing as a sign of respect.

3. Photography Etiquette

Ask Before Taking Photos : Always ask for permission before photographing individuals, especially in local communities and during religious ceremonies.

Respect Sacred Sites : Be mindful when taking photos in temples, monasteries, and other sacred areas. Some places may prohibit photography, so look for signs or ask locals.

4. Environmental Respect

Leave No Trace : Follow the principles of “Leave No Trace” by taking all your rubbish with you. Respect the pristine environment and cultural heritage of the area.

Avoid Littering : Dispose of waste properly. Littering is not only disrespectful but also harms the beautiful landscapes you came to enjoy.

5. Observing Religious Customs

Respect Monasteries and Stupas : When visiting monasteries, remove your shoes before entering and be quiet. Walk clockwise around stupas and prayer wheels as a sign of respect.

Participate Respectfully : If invited to participate in local rituals or ceremonies, do so respectfully and with an open mind.

6. Interacting with Locals

Engage with Respect : When interacting with Sherpas and locals, be respectful and avoid intrusive questions about their personal lives.

Be Patient : Communication may take longer due to language barriers. Practice patience and understanding in conversations.

7. Supporting Local Economy

Buy Local : Purchase goods and services from local vendors to support the community. This can include food, crafts, and other items.

Tipping : If you’re trekking with a guide or porter, tipping is appreciated. Consider a fair amount for their hard work and service.

Final Thoughts: Embracing Local Culture

By practicing cultural etiquette during the Everest Base Camp Trek , you contribute to a positive experience for both yourself and the local communities. Respecting traditions, being mindful of interactions, and showing appreciation for the culture can enhance your journey and create lasting memories.

Frequently Asked Questions (FAQs) about the Everest Base Camp Trek

Understanding the common queries trekkers have about the Everest Base Camp Trek can help you prepare better and enhance your experience. Here are ten frequently asked questions along with their answers.

What is the best time to trek to Everest Base Camp?

The ideal months for trekking to Everest Base Camp are March to May and September to November . These periods offer stable weather and clear views, making them the most popular trekking seasons.

How physically fit do I need to be for this trek?

While you don’t need to be an elite athlete, a good level of physical fitness is essential. Regular cardio and strength training, along with practice treks, can help you prepare for the demands of the trek.

Do I need a guide or can I trek independently?

While it’s possible to trek independently, hiring a local guide is highly recommended. They provide valuable knowledge of the area, enhance safety, and support the local economy.

What should I pack for the trek?

Essential items include sturdy hiking boots, layered clothing, a good backpack, sleeping gear, a first aid kit, hydration systems, and snacks. Refer to the Essential Gear section for a detailed list.

How long does the trek take?

The standard trek to Everest Base Camp takes around 12 to 14 days , including acclimatization days. The duration may vary depending on your pace and chosen route.

Is it safe to trek at high altitudes?

Yes, but it’s crucial to take precautions against altitude sickness. Ascend gradually, stay hydrated, and be aware of the symptoms. Following safety tips can minimize risks.

What are the accommodation options along the trek?

Accommodation varies from basic teahouses to more comfortable lodges. Most provide essential amenities, but be prepared for limited facilities in remote areas.

Can I charge my electronics on the trek?

Many teahouses offer charging facilities for a small fee. However, power may be limited in remote areas, so consider carrying a power bank for backup.

Is there mobile reception on the trek?

Mobile reception is available in most villages along the route, but it can be spotty in remote areas. Consider purchasing a local SIM card for better connectivity.

How much does the trek cost?

The cost varies depending on several factors, including permits, guide fees, accommodation, and personal expenses. On average, budget around $1,000 to $3,000 for the entire trek.

Final Thoughts: Preparing for Your Trek

These FAQs provide essential insights to help you prepare for the Everest Base Camp Trek . Having a clear understanding of what to expect will enhance your confidence and enjoyment during this remarkable journey.

Recent Blogs

Kathmandu To Besisahar For Annapurna Circuit

How To Get from Kathmandu to Besisahar? Flight, Bus

Kathmandu to Besisahar is an iconic journey for anyone traveling to Nepal. The 173 km journey takes you through some of the most breathtaking landscapes in the country. Travelers have the option to take a bus, plane, or jeep, depending on the kind of experience they are looking for.

How Physical Fit You Should Be For The Everest Base Camp Trek?

Trekking in Nepal in November: Essential Guide, Tips, and Best Routes

Discover the ultimate guide to trekking in Nepal in November! From ideal routes and weather tips to essential gear and local wildlife, prepare for an unforgettable adventure.

Snapinsta.app 440700082 1290095182357244 6545130804975095548 n 1080

Trekking Nepal in September: Your Comprehensive Guide to Himalayan Bliss(Updated 2024)

Trekking Nepal in September: Your Ultimate Guide to unforgettable adventures, stunning landscapes, and cultural experiences. Discover the best trekking routes for trekkers, weather conditions, and practical tips for planning your perfect trip with Third Eye Adventure.

Snapinsta.app 440700082 1290095182357244 6545130804975095548 n 1080

Annapurna Circuit Trek Guide: Tips, Itinerary, and Safety

Discover essential tips for the Annapurna Circuit Trek, including best times to go, itinerary advice, safety measures, and cultural insights for a memorable journey in Nepal.

base camp trek in march

Call us / WhatsApp: +977-984-941-7757

  • Annapurna Trekking
  • Everest Trekking
  • Langtang Trekking
  • Village Trek
  • Manaslu Trekking
  • Kanchenjunga Trekking
  • Restricted Area Trekking
  • Nepal Trekking FAQs
  • Yoga Tour & Trek
  • Nepal Hiking
  • Day Trip Nepal
  • Kathmandu Tours
  • Tour in Bhaktapur Nepal
  • Tour in Patan Nepal
  • Bardia jungle safari
  • Chitwan Jungle Safari Nepal
  • Mountain flights Everest Himalayas
  • Mountain Bike Tour
  • Trishuli Kayaking
  • Trishuli River Rafting Day Trip
  • Bhotekoshi Rafting Nepal
  • Ultralight in Nepal
  • Bungee Jump
  • Paragliding in Nepal
  • Everest Heli Tour
  • Annapurna Heli Tour
  • Langtang Heli Tour
  • Rara lake Helicopter Tour
  • Kanchenjunga Helicopter Tour
  • Bhutan Tour
  • CEO/Founder
  • Payment & Deposits
  • Social work in community
  • Travel Blog

Forget Password?

Do not have an account?

Already a member.

happyland treks

Everest Base Camp Trek in March

Everest Base Camp Trek in March

Everest base camp trek in March is one of the most traveled trekking seasonal routes in Nepal. This  Everest   trekking route offers you one of Nepal’s most thrilling trekking experiences. March is the starting month of the spring season, and everything revitalizes to a new life.

Naked dried forests transform into lush green jungles, flowers bloom, and the fragrance of wildflowers spreads in the air. It feels like nature transforms with lush colors when the frozen lakes melt into tranquil green lakes that boast breathtaking charms. So, March is the perfect month for you to complete  the Everest base camp trek . And  local agency Happyland Treks  offer the best trip with a  Sherpa guide and porter .

Table of Contents

How is Everest Base Camp (EBC) Trek in March? 

Everest Base Camp Service offers you some of the highest peaks in the world, green pastures, and rare flora and fauna. Besides, some of the attractions are old Buddhist culture, the traditional habitat of Sherpas, natural beauty, and some wonderful suspension bridges along the way. This trek will take you to a maximum height of 5555m, Which is comparatively difficult. If you are physically fit and have a personality full of self-confidence, you can make it through this trek and tour, and enjoy some of the most spectacular views in the world.

Major Highlights of the EBC trek 

  • Breathtaking sunrise and sunset views from different places.
  • Chance to learn and explore the Sherpa and Tibetan culture.
  • Opportunity to spend your nights in the lap of the Himalayas, with the highest peak of the world smiling at you.
  • Have a thrilling experience of landing and taking off from the world’s shortest runway, at Hillary Tenzing Airport at Lukla.
  • Walk along with the footprints of  Edmund Hillary ,  Tenzing Norgay Sherpa , and many other  mountaineering legends .
  • Enjoy the spectacular beauty of Sagarmatha National Park, its wildlife, and its vegetation.
  • Encounter the breathtaking views of peaks such as Pumori, Ama Dablam, Lhotse, and Nuptse, beautiful stupas, monasteries, icefalls, glaciers, and valleys.

Everest Base Camp Trek in March Detailed Itinerary

  • First day: Land at Tribhuvan International Airport, Kathmandu (1400 m), and stay overnight in a hotel. Explore the city. Take your time buying personal gear if you need them.
  • Second morning: Catch a flight from Kathmandu to Lukla, and trek to Phakding (2640 m) from Lukla Airport (2860m). Trekking will take approximately 3 hours, with uphills and downhills. The route is around 8 km long.
  • Third day: Trek from Phakding to Namche Bazar (3440 m), a route nearly 11 km long, which takes around 7 hours, total elevation gain of around 800m. Pass through several suspension bridges over the Dudhkoshi River.

4th -day Acclimatization in Namche Bazaar   

4. Fourth day: Whole day is allocated for acclimatization. Take a stroll around Namche Bazar and the village of Khumjung. Visit monasteries, stupas, and the Everest View Hotel to enjoy the view of the mighty Everest. If you’re lucky, you will be able to see a market (Mela) that operates only on Fridays and Saturdays. You can visit an Irish pub in Namche, also you can also visit the 8848 Café, where you will see the movie  Everest  being projected on a screen. Travelers love to watch a movie with a cup of coffee.

5. Fifth day: Trek to Tengboche (3868 m) from Namche Bazar. Explore the monasteries and stay overnight in Tengboche. Trek of approximately 11 km. Elevation gain of a total of 440m.

6. Sixth day: Trek to Dingboche (4410 m) from Tengboche, a nearly 12 km long route with an elevation gain of 430m, 7 hours long trek.

Another Acclimatization Day in Dingboche 

7. Seventh-day: Acclimatization Day at Dingboche. Hike to Narjung Hill or Chukung (4730m) and back to Dingboche for an overnight stay.

8. Eighth day: Trek to Lobuche (4938 m), numerous memorials for legendary mountaineers along the way, 5 to 6 hours of trek to cover approximately 9 km, explore a pyramid in Lobuche

9. Ninth day: Trek to Gorakshep (5180 m), hike to EBC (5364 m), return to Gorakshep, a total of 9km long route that is covered in approximately 8 hours.

10. Tenth day: Early morning hike to Kala Patthar Viewpoint (5550 m) for a captivating view of the sunrise, trek to Pheriche (4240 m) if you want to travel less, or Pangboche (3985m) if you want to trek longer.

11. Eleventh day: Trek back to Namche Bazar through the same route you climbed up, 8 to 9 hours of trek.

12. Twelfth day: Trek from Namche Bazaar to Lukla, 19 km long, approximately 8 to 9 hours of walk, farewell dinner to guide and porter if you wish, enjoy your time in an Irish Pub (a party hub for all the tourists)

13. The Thirteenth day: Catch an early flight back to Kathmandu, freshen up, leave your luggage in your hotel room, take a stroll around the city and enjoy the nightlife of Thamel.

14. Departure day or you can do another activity if you have a few extra days before the flight.

March is among the best months to trek through the Everest circuit. As the country gets a little relief from cold winter days, March commemorates the spring season in Nepal and boasts one of the highest numbers of travelers.

You will experience the best weather during this time of the year, with clear blue sky inviting you to enjoy the picturesque view of some of the highest mountains in the world. The sunny and pleasant weather is guaranteed to add to your pleasures during the trek.

How popular is the EBC Trek during March?

There are two main times in the year for travelers coming to Nepal. These are known as the “season or on-season” and are the peak times to visit Nepal. The two seasonal times are March-April and October-November. Any other months apart from these are called “off-season.” On-season depicts a huge flow of tourists in Nepal, while off-season means the opposite (little to no flow of tourists and travelers).

So, if you are to choose the month of March for your trek, you will encounter many travelers from all around the world, trekking through the  EBC trail  Nepal.

Why choose Everest Base Camp Trek in March?

March boasts the best weather for trekking and many other benefits by  trek Nepal . If you’re looking forward to trekking through the trail of the Everest Base Camp, you should consider the month of March. Here are a few reasons why:

Season of festivals 

Two of the major festivals of the Nepali people, Holi and Lhosar, are celebrated around this month of the year. This will allow you to blend in with the natives, learn about their culture, and enjoy Nepali cuisines exclusively made during the festivals.

If you’ve made it to this part of the blog, you know that clear weather during March offers the real deal of the best views. However, this isn’t the only benefit. During other times of the year, when the weather is unclear, flights to Lukla quite frequently arrive late. As a result, transportation is inconvenient. However, there is just a slight chance of your flight getting canceled due to bad weather in March. So, you will have to worry less about your flights getting canceled if you opt for March.

Lush flora and fauna

As March comes after the winter season, you can observe a wide variety of wildlife flourishing in the region with new life. Pine, Juniper, and Rhododendron are some of the species of plants you will see abundantly on the route. Similarly, Himalayan Thar and Musk Deer are among the most frequently encountered animals. Snow Leopards are a rare view.

Although the trekking route is quite good, you might face some difficulties along the way. Some of them are listed below:

  • March is one of the peak seasons for travelers in Nepal. So, you will encounter a huge number of trekkers. The teahouses and lodges may fall short for all the visitors.
  • Although spring comes with good weather, it isn’t always stable. Sometimes, you may face unexpected weather as the weather up in the Himalayas is quite unpredictable and always a gamble.
  • Altitude sickness can be a major hazard if you haven’t been exposed to high altitude.
  • If you aren’t exposed to hikes and treks, you may fall short of energy during the trek and feel your energy drain.

Things to Consider During Everest Base Camp Trek in March

Guides and porters.

Although there aren’t any restrictions on solo travelers, it is always a good idea to hire a guide and a porter. An experienced guide can help you explore every nook and corner, not to mention their detailed knowledge of every place on the route. A porter will help you carry your bags and ease your burden. One porter is enough for two travelers. This also supports the local business.

Physical fitness

If you aren’t familiar with treks and hikes, it would be good to start your journey from home. You would want to start walking or hiking a few weeks before your actual trek, and yes, carry protein bars and energy drinks during your trek. This will help you endure the long hikes and treks at a high altitude. You might also encounter a loss of appetite as you gain elevation. So, it is a good idea to carry dry fruits with you. and in addition, improving your cardio, endurance, with activities such as jogging, or rowing beforehand can help your body and energy level during the trip.

Altitude Sickness

Altitude sickness is no joke. It can cause serious hazards. So, you should allow your body to acclimatize to high altitudes. For this, you should:

Carry medications in case of an emergency. It is always a good idea to project occurrences. Allow your body to acclimatize. If you want two or three days of acclimatization, take it. Don’t neglect acclimatization. Inform your guide without any hesitation if you feel even the slightest uneasiness.

Garlic and Cloves

So with mountain sickness and natural prevention, we can use garlic, and cloves in the mountains of Nepal as well. Garlic helps to thin and flow blood in the body. Cloves also help the body use oxygen more efficiently.

Diamox-Altitude medicine

Medical agents for high altitude sickness. Diamox reported reviewers 80% positive effects and 20% negative effects.

Travel Insurance

During your trip to the Everest Trekking trail, the main thing you want to have is travel protection. Since heading out to a higher altitude is a gamble, you should always be on the safe side. To be on the more secure side, travel insurance is a must. You never know when you might need to ask for a helicopter to escort you to a hospital. If you have a strong insurance policy, you can ask for a helicopter rescue in case of any health hazards. Plz, make travel insurance that can cover over 5364m. while you’re trekking to Everest.

You should consider that ambulances are not accessible at such a height. Furthermore, the expense is an excessive amount. So, you should have something to look forward to as your safe backup in case of any health hazard. You can either purchase your travel insurance on your own or ask your travel agent to help you purchase one. Most travel agencies will readily help you with your insurance. In any case, be sure to get one before your trip.

To travel to the Everest Base Camp in any season, you ought to have some authorizations, and permits to trek along the route without any hassle. If you are traveling through a travel company, the company will organize everything for you, if you choose their full package plans. It will include a permit to Khumbu Pasang Lhamu rural municipality and a local ticket for authorized entrance to the Everest National Park. The National Park made its way to the UNESCO World Heritage Site in 1979, making it Nepal’s first-ever UNESCO natural world heritage site.

Everest Base Camp trek there is no fixed price, The normal trip journey cost will be anywhere between  1370 USD  –  2500 USD.  Per person including Kathmandu arrival and departure.

Leave a Reply Cancel Reply

Save my name, email, and website in this browser for the next time I comment.

Recent Comments

  • Satish on Trek Ama Yangri Peak | 1 complete guide | Important for beginners as well as experts
  • HappyLand Treks on Everest Base Camp Trekking Tips: 20 Successful Insights
  • Nilkanth Patil on Everest Base Camp Trek Singapore 
  • Bijay on Nepal Travel 2024 2025 2026
  • HappyLand Treks on Nepal Trekking Tour Company

Adventure Specialist

base camp trek in march

24/7 Call us / WhatsApp:

How to trek to Everest Base Camp

Elen Turner

Sep 7, 2024 • 11 min read

A trekker on the approach to Everest Base Camp, Nepal

From route information to things to pack, here's everything you need to know about trekking to Everest Base Camp. Westend61/Getty Images

Few experiences are as humbling as standing at the foot of the world’s tallest mountain. On the border between Tibet and Nepal , Mt Everest – known as Sagarmatha in Nepali and Chomolongma (or Qomolangma) in the Sherpa or Tibetan language – tops out at nearly 9km (5.5 miles). After trekking for at least a week to reach Everest Base Camp (EBC), with the prospect of more hiking days still ahead as you descend, the sight of this mighty mountain surrounded by its high-altitude friends is as emotional as it is beautiful.

While this trek takes a lot of effort, some expense, and a solid two-week time commitment, the combination of Tibetan-influenced Sherpa culture, good trekking infrastructure and mountain scenery grander than anywhere else on earth makes this an unmissable trail. Whether you’re a first-timer to Nepal narrowing down your shortlist of possible trekking routes or a repeat visitor yet to make the pilgrimage to Base Camp, you won’t be disappointed.

Here's what you need to know about trekking to Everest Base Camp in Nepal.

Bright yellow tents in Mount Everest base camp, backed by the Khumbu glacier and snowy mountains.

Why trek to Everest Base Camp in Nepal?

Mt Everest straddles the Nepal-Tibet border, but when people talk about trekking to Everest Base Camp , they almost always mean the route in Nepal. As well as having excellent infrastructure for trekkers, Nepal is more open and accessible to tourists, and from this side, the only way to reach Base Camp is on foot (or by helicopter, if you’re short on time but flush with funds). A nicely paved road leads most of the way to the mountain on the Tibetan side.

While the unobstructed views of Everest are arguably better from the Tibetan side (take it from someone who’s seen both) there’s more to this trek than just the views of the mother mountain. You’ll enjoy an unforgettable cultural experience alongside the physical challenge of one of the world's best trekking trails. If you’re a physically active, outdoors-loving, adventurous traveler, this trek ticks all the boxes!

Group of trekkers passing signpost on the way to Everest Base Camp in Sagarmatha National Park, Nepal.

How long does the Everest Base Camp trek take?

The most commonly trekked route starts in Lukla, a mountain village with a tiny airstrip served by regular turboprop flights from Kathmandu . The trail meanders through Sagarmatha National Park – Nepal's highest national park – climbing steadily to EBC before returning to Lukla. It’s an in-and-out route, rather than a circuit, and the trek typically takes 12 to 14 days. Here's the most popular itinerary.

Day 1: Fly from Kathmandu (1400m/4593ft) to Lukla (2860m/9383ft), then hike to Phakding (2610m/8562ft)

Day 2: Hike to Namche Bazaar (3440m/11,286 feet)

Day 3: Acclimatization day at Namche Bazaar

Day 4: Hike to Dingboche (4410m/14,468ft)

Day 5: Hike to Tengboche (3860m/12,664ft)

Day 6: Acclimatization day at Tengboche

Day 7: Hike to Lobuche (4940m/16,207ft)

Day 8: Hike to EBC (5364m/17,598ft)

Day 9: Begin the return trek by hiking to Tengboche

Day 10: Hike to Namche Bazaar

Day 11: Hike to Lukla

Day 12: Return by plane from Lukla to Kathmandu

A map of the main routes to Everest Base Camp, Nepal.

Completing the route more quickly is not recommended because of the increase in altitude. However, there are many ways to extend the trek for an extra challenge or to get away from the crowds. Here are a few options, but if you’re seeking off-the-beaten-path adventures, many trekking companies can tailor a bespoke route to suit your needs.

Kala Patthar: Add an extra day by climbing to this viewpoint at 5644m/18,519ft before you begin the return trek to Lukla. The 360-degree views of Everest, Lhotse, Nuptse, Makalu and Cho Oyu are sensational!

Gokyo: You can detour west from EBC to the turquoise-colored Gokyo Lakes, some of the highest freshwater lakes in the world. Returning to Lukla via the village of Gokyo will add about three days to the trek and you can summit Gokyo Ri (5357m/17,575ft) for epic views.

Pioneer's Route: You can skip the nail-biting flight to Lukla on the old Pioneers’ Route, which climbs from Bhandar or Salleri (accessible by bus or 4WD from Kathmandu) to Lukla over six days. This was the route that early mountaineers, including Sir Edmund Hillary, took before the Lukla airstrip was built in the 1960s.

Tumlingtar to EBC: For a quieter trek, follow the ancient trail through Makalu Barun National Park, joining the main EBC route at Lukla after about 10 days of walking. This challenging route to EBC takes about 22 days in total, starting with a flight from Kathmandu to Tumlingtar.

Three Passes: Make a circuit of the Sagarmatha National Park on the stunning Three Passes Trek – a very challenging route for experienced hikers that crosses three of the Everest region's highest passes over about 20 days, starting on the main EBC trail.

maps of alternative trekking routes to Everest Base Camp in the Nepal Himalayas

What to expect on the trek

If this is your first trek in Nepal, EBC is a great route to start with as the infrastructure is good and the views can’t be beaten, but it’s not entirely typical of Nepal's trekking routes – many trails are much more rugged, with simpler accommodation, more basic food, more challenging paths, and far fewer travelers. If you’ve trekked elsewhere in Nepal, you may be surprised by how busy the EBC route is – those photos of human traffic jams on Everest were taken at bottlenecks on the mountaineering route to the summit, but even lower down the mountain, there are plenty of people around.

Expect to spend three to eight hours per day walking along well-maintained trails, though the number of hours walked each day typically decreases as you ascend. You’ll pass through forests, trace the path of the tumbling Dudh Kosi River, and cross some dizzying swing bridges, before reaching the horseshoe-shaped hill town of Namche Bazaar – the largest settlement in Solukhumbu , the local name for the Everest region.

After Namche, the landscape becomes rockier, and the mountain peaks feel much closer. Along the way, you’ll pass Buddhist monasteries such as Tengboche, stupas, prayer wheels, and walls of ceremonial mani stones bearing Tibetan inscriptions, as well as the school founded by Sir Edmund Hillary at Khumjung, and a small museum where you can see what some locals believe is a “real” yeti skull.

The trail boasts a wide range of accommodations, especially on the first few days of the trek. As well as budget-friendly teahouses (simple lodges with restaurants offering rooms with shared bathrooms), there are some luxury lodges with artful decor and gourmet meals. Mountain Lodges of Nepal and Everest Summit Lodges offer high-quality accommodation at matching prices.

While more upmarket lodges have reasonable bathroom facilities, don’t expect long, hot showers every morning. Your daily washing routine is more likely to involve a bucket of warmed water (if you’re lucky!) and a washcloth. While walking the trails, toilets are limited; use facilities at lunch or tea stops. Facilities range from rare Western-style sit-down toilets to Asian-style squat toilets and literal holes in the ground. Keep your toilet paper and soap on hand, and be mindful of limited water supplies.

Trekkers on the way to Everest base camp, Nepal, with a mountain vista behind them.

Is the Everest Base Camp trek hard?

The two-week trek to EBC requires stamina but not superhuman powers. Many older kids manage it, for example, but you'll find it easier if you're reasonably fit and have some experience of multi-day mountain trekking. If you’ve never hiked in your life, you may struggle, but if you have a regular workout routine of some kind, you’ll probably do fine. Pre-trek gym-based or outdoor training is a good idea.

Lukla – the most common starting point for the trek – sits at 2860m (9383ft), and you’ll climb to 5364m (17,598ft) at base camp, The trek gets harder the higher you go because the air gets thinner and the temperatures colder, especially at night. The trail is steep in places, and some of the earlier days are relentlessly uphill, such as the climb from Phakding to Namche Bazaar at 3440m (11,286ft) on day two of the hike.

Acute Mountain Sickness (AMS) is a risk on any trek above 2500m (8202ft). To give your body time to adjust, acclimatization days are essential, and guides will build these stops into the schedule. Some people start to feel the effects of altitude above 3000m (9800ft), and by 4000m (13,100ft), almost everyone will have an elevated heart rate, faster breathing, and maybe a headache and difficulty sleeping.

Some people adjust quickly to altitude, but others don’t. While everybody responds to altitude differently and there’s no guarantee a fit traveler will withstand altitude better than their out-of-shape friend, the overall experience tends to be easier if you’re fit and healthy.

Medications such as Diamox (Acetazolamide) are available in Kathmandu (or at home) to help reduce mild symptoms as you adjust to the altitude, but it's important to be alert for more serious warning signs of AMS . If you feel unwell, descend immediately to a lower elevation – mountain sickness can be deadly.

Prayer flags flutter over Tengboche monastery, Everest region, Nepal.

Best Time to Trek to Everest Base Camp

The peak seasons for trekking in Nepal are from October to November, and March to May. These are the busiest times to trek to Everest Base Camp but also the best times to go for fine weather. The season for mountaineering ascents of Everest is the spring – while climbing and trekking are not the same thing, the trails will be more crowded at this time as mountaineering groups also trek to EBC.

During the monsoon season from June to September, trails can be slippery, visibility poor, and flights into and out of Lukla are often delayed or canceled. Winter (December–February) is not necessarily a bad time to trek, but you'll need to be well-prepared for the cold. Not all tour operators offer treks in winter and many businesses on the trail close, but those who hit the trails can enjoy an uncrowded experience.

Practicalities for the trek to Everest Base Camp

As of April 2023, foreign trekkers in Nepal must be accompanied by a guide on routes through the Everest region. This increases the cost, as prices vary depending on group size, quality of accommodation and the season, but it simplifies planning.

You can join a group trek arranged through a trekking agency, or trek independently with a Nepali guide. Some top Nepali-run tour companies include Kathmandu-based Royal Mountain Travel , social enterprise Beyond the Clouds Travel and private tour specialist LaMa Walks . Solo women may like to trek with a female guide – 3Sisters Adventure Trekking trains and employs Nepali women as guides.

Prices for guided treks typically include return flights between Kathmandu and Lukla, trekking permits and national park fees, hotel or teahouse accommodation, and porters (and sometimes pack animals). Cheaper tours may require you to pay for some things as you go – for example, food at teahouses – so these trips don’t always work out cheaper than all-inclusive tours. Food costs are high in the Everest region compared to Nepal's cities, as almost everything needs to be carried in by porters.

Permits and paperwork

As well as arranging a guide, trekkers need to register for a Trekkers' Information Management System (TIMS) card, administered by the Trekking Agencies' Association of Nepal (TAAN) . You'll also need to pay the entry fees for Sagarmatha National Park . Both can be arranged at the Tourist Service Center at Bhrikutimandap in Kathmandu. Nowadays, most guided tour companies take care of all your paperwork for trekking in Nepal.

A trekker walks past a Buddhist inscription carved onto a rock in Nepal.

An Everest Base Camp packing list

When packing for your trek, consider whether you’ll be trekking with a porter, as there are often restrictions on how much weight they will carry. This is different from a guide, who will show you the way but won’t carry your stuff. Also consider the quality of accommodation, as this will affect what you need to carry to stay warm overnight. If you leave home without something, you should be able to pick it up in Thamel (Kathmandu's main tourist district) before you start your trek.

Trekking poles should be considered an essential piece of kit, and they can be bought inexpensively in Kathmandu. It’s easy to spot first-time trekkers in Nepal as they’re usually the ones without poles; second-timers don’t make that mistake! Here’s a basic list of other things to pack:

Sleeping bag/bag liner (but check what is included on any organized trek)

Lightweight down jacket (or equivalent)

Waterproof jacket or a poncho

Merino wool or polypropylene base layers

Hiking boots – already broken in, not purchased in Kathmandu – and hiking socks

Clothing to wear overnight, such as a tracksuit

Quick-drying underwear that you can handwash on acclimatization days

A warm hat and a sunhat

Personal medications and first-aid items (guides normally carry the basics)

Hand sanitizer and biodegradable wet wipes

Bar or liquid soap

Toothpaste and a toothbrush

Toilet rolls or tissue packets

Nail clippers and blister treatment, such as sticking plasters and antiseptic ointment

This article was first published Jan 14, 2013 and updated Sep 7, 2024.

Explore related stories

base camp trek in march

Mar 14, 2023 • 4 min read

To reduce accidents and promote jobs, Nepalese authorities recently announced a ban on solo trekking in national parks and conservation areas.

base camp trek in march

Jul 3, 2024 • 10 min read

Cycling-Panuati-rice-planters-3.jpg

Jun 11, 2024 • 9 min read

base camp trek in march

Jun 3, 2024 • 8 min read

base camp trek in march

Apr 16, 2024 • 13 min read

Help-Me-LP-Feb.jpg

Feb 22, 2024 • 3 min read

base camp trek in march

Dec 23, 2023 • 7 min read

Where-Locals-Go-India.png

Sep 18, 2023 • 7 min read

Tachog Lhakhang Iron Chain Bridge with colourful prayer flags on each side of bridge. River crossing. Himalaya mountains in the background.Between Paro and Thimphu Bhutan

Aug 31, 2023 • 10 min read

Horse riding group travels through the mountains of Lesotho.

Dec 26, 2022 • 14 min read

Holy Mountain Treks

  • A Complete Guide to Everest Base Camp Trek

All-you-need-to-know-about-Everest-Base-camp-Trek

Everest Base Camp Trek is the best trekking choice of entire Himalayan journeys in Nepal. The name ‘Everest’ alone is enough to explain its grandeur. Thousands of travelers from all around the globe head-on towards the foot of Everest as their ultimate destination.

They believe that nothing is so perplexing and bewildering than standing at the base of the tallest peak of the planet-Mt. Everest (8848.86m/29031ft above sea level).

Life becomes complete when you get a chance to witness the great Mt. Everest rising above all minor ranges. Himalayan scenery here is unsurpassed on earth. Snowy sentinels will witness your struggle toward the Khumbu region.

The spectacle of several snowy peaks that you will bump into in this journey will leave you enthralled. Four of the top ten tallest peaks including Mt. Everest (8848.86m), Mt Lhotse (8516m), Mt. Makalu (8485m), and Mt. Cho Oyu (8188m) are gotten closely.

Apart from them, you will sightsee Mt. Nuptse (7855m), Mt. Pumori (7161m), Mt. Changaste (7550m), Mt. Lingterin (6679m), Mt. Amadablam (6856m), Mt. Thamserku (6723m), Mt. Kusum Khagaru  (6367m), Mt. Kantega ( 6685m), Mt. Kongde (6011m), Mt. Khumbila (5761m), Mt. Twache peak (6367m), Mt. Cholaste (6335m), Island peak (6179m), Lobuche peak (6145m), Pokalde peak (5806m), Honku south peak (6119m) are witnessed frequently and vividly.

Sagarmatha National Park -the most elevated national park of the world passes on the way. Extended at the elevation from 2800m to 8848.86 m, this national park covers the total land of 1,148 km2 (443 sq mi) of Solukhumbu district, province no. 1, eastern Nepal .

The walk passes leaving the green hills, rhododendron forest, elegant waterfalls, graceful rivers, glaciers, glacial lakes, tiny ethnic settlements, fluttering prayer flags, and several other religious shrines.

Trekkers are welcomed by the exotic flora and fauna of it from their second day of trekking. Vegetation varies from bamboo, birch, blue pines, firs, hemlock, juniper, and rhododendron forests to alpine shrubs as you ascend higher. The ultimate land of Everest Base Camp and Kala Patthar is fully barren land without a single plant around.

Wildlife found within the Sagarmatha National Park embraces red panda, black bear, musk deer, Himalayan thars, Himalayan wolves, and the exceptionally obscure snow leopard. It is also the home of 118 species of birds. Trekkers commonly see Impeyan pheasant, bearded vulture, snow cock, and alpine chough while trekking Everest Base Camp mostly.

The fluttering prayer flags, long mane walls, monasteries, chortens, and alleys in the different spots resemble this trek is also a spiritual journey. Mediating in the monasteries, interacting with the monks, doing yoga in front of the Himalayan ranges are common spiritual practices of this trek.

However, climbing up to the base camp of Everest is not a joke. The beauty of the Himalayas levies you to risk your life along the avalanche threatened trail and many bizarrely narrow trails, which becomes more than difficult to pass through. Altitude sickness is another great issue that constantly drags your confidence and stamina down.

Then, how to make it happen? In this blog, I will be trying to cover every nitty-gritty information, as well as additional advice that you should know before hitting on the trail. This detailed article guides you from the very first day in Nepal to the last day of your trip.

Everest Base Camp Trek: Trip at a Glance

  • Duration: 12 Days
  • Distance: 130 kilometers/80 miles round trip beginning at Lukla-Everest Base Camp-Lukla
  • Maximum Elevation: 5545m/18192ft at Kala Patthar
  • Total ascents: 6015 m/19 734 ft
  • Total descent: 5821 m/19 097 ft
  • Difficulty: Moderate
  • Permits: Local Permit and National Park entry permit
  • Guides and Porter: It isn’t obligatory but highly recommended. You can choose either of the choices independently, with a guide/a porter, or in a group.
  • Accommodation: Choices of lodging amenities from budget teahouses to luxury lodges. With the elevation gained, amenities become more basic.
  • Food: Breakfast and Dinner in an accommodated teahouse, lunch on the way.
  • Best months for the trek: spring (March to May) and autumn (September to November) are highly recommended.
  • Transportation: Domestic Flight (Kathmandu to Lukla and vice versa)
  • Communication: SIM or domestic telecommunications ( NCELL or Nepal Telecom ), Everest link, WIFI.

Everest Base Camp Trek: Trip Highlights

  • A short, scenic mountain flight to and from  Lukla (2860m)
  • Sagarmatha National Park; varieties of wildlife and vegetation around.
  • Namche Bazaar; the largest Sherpa hub facilitated with banks, cafes, restaurants, gear shops, lodges, chortens, cultural museum, fluttering prayer flags, and alleys.
  • Everest View Hotel; the highest elevated hotel on the planet and the first place to see Mt. Everest.
  • Tengboche Monastery; one of the renowned monasteries of the entire Khumbu region
  • Dingboche Valley- a popular stop for acclimatization having walled terraced farms and cultivated lands.
  • Gorekshep- the last stop before stepping Everest Base Camp having a glacial lake.
  • Picturesque Khumbu glacier- the highest elevated glacier on the planet.
  • Sagarmatha National Park- a world heritage site and the world’s highest national park.
  • Kala Patthar- the uppermost part of the trek and most popular viewpoint for sunrise over Everest massifs.
  • Sufficient alternative routes; three passes trek, Gokyo lakes trek, Amadablam base camp trek,  
  • Mane walls, fluttering prayer flags, prayer wheels, airy suspension bridges, rhododendron forests, torrential rivers, river valleys, well-maintained trails, cozy teahouses, glaciers, rocky ridges, view of 4 mountains above 8000m including the tallest mountain of the planet. Mt Everest (8848.86).

Everest Base Camp Trek: How to Get There

The most popular, easy, comfortable, and convenient way to reach the Everest region is to catch a short flight from Kathmandu to Lukla. Catch an early flight to Lukla from Kathmandu airport and land there within 35 minutes.

Options are also available. Driving Jiri and following the classic route of Everest is also possible. However, it takes 6 more days to reach Lukla. Next, drive to Khari Khola and ascend to Lukla spending a couple of days.

It is about 8 days trek to get to the Base camp hiking gradually having some days for acclimatization.

Everest Base Camp Heli tour is the shortest and easiest way to explore the Everest region within a couple of hours. Explore Everest Base Camp, Kala Patthar , Namche Bazaar, and Lukla through Helicopter ride.

Everest Base Camp Trek: Weather and Temperature

Everest Base Camp trek is a mountainous walk in the foothills of the Himalayas. You will start the journey from Kathmandu (1350m) and the actual trek from Lukla (2860m). Gaining a quite significant elevation, you reach Everest Base Camp (5360m) and Kala Patthar (5545m) above sea level.

It is true that with the elevation gained, the weather turns unpredictable. You need to be well prepared beforehand.

Everest region has four seasons: spring, summer, autumn, and winter.

Spring (March-April-May)

A season of flower blossoms, spring is the choicest choice for trekking Everest. Both the weather and temperatures favor trekking. The skies look crystal and landscapes just awe. The fewer chances of heavy precipitation and snowfall make the journey even comfortable.

The lustrous rhododendrons of Sagarmatha National Park in full blossom. Other spring flowers along rhododendron look painted colorfully. The valleys are green, hills are colorful and just above them, and mighty snow-capped peaks seem gleaming. The massifs, glaciers, and charming parishes in this region bring out their finest color during this season making each moment photogenic.

The days get longer each day in spring. You have plenty of time to reach the scheduled destinations. Although mornings and evenings are chilly, days are perfect for walking. The temperature is moderate and affordable for walking.

In March Everest Base Camp temperature ranges from max 7°C in a daytime to min -12°C in the nights and mornings. While in April, it fluctuates from max 10°C in a daytime to min -5°C in the night. Lastly in May, it varies from max 15°C in a daytime to min 0°C at night.

Summer (June-July-August)

In Nepal, summer months have variations in temperature, weather conditions, and climate according to the regions and topographies. The Terai region is hot and humid, the hills are moderate and the Himalayas witness cold temperatures.

Again, because the monsoon season coincides with summer in Nepal, the Everest Base Camp trek in summer is not highly recommended. One needs to have appropriate gear and preparation for trekking.

Meantime, the lower parts of the trail get wet, muddy, and slippery because of continuous rainfall. The mountains and hills are covered by clouds or fog or mist. Leeches misquotes may suffer you in some areas.

Concerning the temperature, Everest Base Camp witnesses up to 16°C in a daytime and -1°C at night in June. In July it ranges from max 15°C during the daytime to 2°C at night. Another monsoon month August faces a maximum of 16°C in the daytime and a minimum of 2°C at night. The average sunshine in monsoon month is 5-6 hours. The rest of the time, it is obstructed by clouds, mist, or fog.

Autumn (September-October-November)

Apart from spring, autumn is another best season for trekking Everest Base Camp. Expect thousands of people flooding on the trail to EBC. Post monsoon months offer fresh greeneries everywhere. The weather conditions are all auspicious making the temperature mild even in the higher elevations.

The monsoon escapes and mountains show their face after long days. The trekking trails are direr making it comfortable to walk. The people in the different settlements seem busy celebrating their festivals Teej, Dashain, and Tihar. Every month, you will witness one of them respectively which is celebrated according to the Nepali calendar.

Concerning the temperature, with the elevation, it might decrease. The sun shines brightly during the day. But when it goes down, temperature decreases dramatically in the high Himalayas.

In September, the days are warm in Everest Base Camp with a maximum temperature of 15°C. While in the mornings and nights, the temperature may decrease reaching up to 2°C. In October, the temperature ranges from a max of 12°C at midday to a min -6°C at night.

On the other hand, in November, the cold increases a bit. EBC witnesses the maximum temperature of 6°C in the daytime to a minimum of -12°C in the night. During this period, you will have 7 hours of sunshine each day.

Winter (December-January-February)

Everest Base Camp trek in winter is truly an adventurous activity. Upper parts of the trekking route might get covered by snowfall. Chill wind, heavy snowfall, freezing climate are common in winter. But, the views are scenic and photogenic. Entire the villages, hills, and peaks look lunar and with the first rays of the sun, they gleam changing their color.

Mornings and nights are chills but days are warm making it comfortable to walk. With the right preparation, the Everest Base Camp trek in winter is doable.

Concerning the temperature, Everest Base Camp records 4°C in the daytime and up to -14°C at night in December. In January, it ranges between max 4°C during the day and min -17°C at night. Similarly, in February, the temperature ranges from a max of 4°C in the daytime to -15°C at night.

The wind speed is about 40km/hr. making the atmosphere chill and freezing. Every day, the Everest region witnesses 7 hours of sunshine on average during winter.

Everest Base Camp Trek: When to Trek?

Pre-monsoon (February, March, April, and May) and post-monsoon (late September, October, November, and December) are the best time to go for the Everest Base camp Trek. During the monsoon , the rainwater makes the trail slippery and difficult, simultaneously increasing the risk of landslides and avalanches. Personally, I would recommend trekking in March, late October, and November.

During the winter (January and early February), the temperature might plummet to -20oC and snowfall might make the trek very difficult to carry on. While the summer would be awesome, but it blends with the monsoon. So, if you want to make your journey memorable and relatively easier then, do pay attention to time.

Also, during March , you may see the woodlands being colorful with beautiful rhododendrons. Likewise, Sweet-smelling junipers perfume the trail.

Everest Base Camp Trek: Distance and Duration  

Your journey starts after a short and scenic flight to Lukla from Kathmandu. The total distance of Everest Base Camp trek (normal route) is 130 kilometers/80 miles for the round trip (Lukla-EBC-Lukla) Adding some side trips like Gokyo Lakes , Three Passes , you need to cover more distance spending more days.

Normally, it takes 12-15 days to complete the Everest Base Camp Trek. It all depends upon you; how many days you wish to spend for acclimatization, how fast you walk etc. The daily distances and duration are tabulated below.

Everest Base Camp Trek: Recommended Itinerary

Everest Base Camp trek is a village to village trek. Eight days seems like it would be enough to cover 65 kilometers all the way to Everest Base Camp from Lukla (one way). Walking in the high elevations, rough terrains, steep moraines, rocky ridge, and deep valleys one needs sound stamina and determination.

However, the trail is well maintained and marked, never confusing, and mostly dry making it comfortable -to walk. Expect a 7-11 kilometers’ hike while ascending and 10-18 kilometers while getting back to Lukla. A mostly followed trekking route is outlined below.

Ascend : Kathmandu – Lukla – Phakding –Monjo- Namche Bazaar – Tengboche – Debuche – Dingboche – Lobuche – Gorak Shep – EBC/Kala Patthar

Descend : Gorek Shep – Pheriche – Tengboche – Monjo – Lukla – Kathmandu

Day one: Fly to Lukla (2,860 m/9,383ft) & Trek to Phakding (2,652 m/8,700 ft)

Day two: Phakding - Namche Bazaar (3,440 m/11,283 ft)

Day three: Namche Bazaar : Acclimatization Day - Hike to Everest view hotel

Day four: Namche Bazzar - Tengboche (3860m/12660ft)

Day five: Tengboche - Dingboche (4410m/14464ft)

Day six: Dingboche -Acclimatization Day- Side trip to Nangkartshang Peak (5100m/16728ft)

Day seven: Dingboche - Lobuche (4910m/16105ft)

Day eight: Lobuche - Everest Base Camp (5364m/17594ft) and back to Gorekshep (5181m/16994ft)

Day nine: Hike to Kalapattar (5545m/18188ft) - Gorekshep - Pheriche (4210m/13809ft)

Day ten: Pheriche - Pangboche - Tengboche - Namche Bazzar

Day eleven: Namche Bazaar to Lukla

Day twelve: Fly back to Kathmandu (1350m/4429Ft)

Everest Base Camp Trek: Permits and Restrictions

You need at least two permits for trekking Everest Base Camp Trek namely Sagarmatha National Park Permit and Khumbu Pasang Lhamu Rural Municipality Permit . The former cost NPR. 3000 and the latter one costs NPR. 2000.  Both the permits are available at Lukla.

Additionally, you need Gaurishankhar Conservation Area Permit cost if you start trekking from Jiri. Available in Nepal Tourism Board Kathmandu, this permit costs NPR. 3000

Since 2018, you need to purchase Trekkers’ Information Management System ( TIMS ) to trek Everest. Neglect any information you read somewhere else about necessitating a TIMS card for the trek to Everest Base Camp.

Everest Base Camp Trek: Altitude Sickness

Altitude Sickness is a matter of concern when you are scaling to greater heights, because it may be fatal if neglected. Acute Mountain Sickness (AMS) is the most common form of negative health effects caused by the gain of elevation.

At higher altitudes, the oxygen content is very minimal. So, it alters your bodily functions as compared to normal functions. This is the cause of altitude sickness.

Major Symptoms

Increased heart rate

Shortness of breath

Difficulty sleeping

Nausea and vomiting

Loss of appetite

Upset stomach

Feeling unsteady

Descend to a lower elevation if possible.

Do not hike any upper for the next 48 hours.

Take rest, do not exercise.

Drink plenty of water; avoid alcoholic drinks and cold drinks.

Avoid smoking.

Take external oxygen supply if needed.

Process immediately for emergency evacuation if the situation worsens.

How can I avoid AMS?

Acclimatize properly in different elevations. (Most of the trekkers choose Namche Bazaar-3440m and Dingboche-4410m for acclimatization)

Stay Hydrated. Dehydration adds a brick causing AMS.

Do not compete with others; take plenty of rest.

Trek high, sleep low if possible.

Get high-calorie food.

Avoid smoking, alcoholic drinks, or tranquilizing medicines.

Follow your trekking leader. They have years of experience.

Sunburn issues

In high elevations, it is not uncommon to be suffered from sunburn problems. Make sure, you have carried plenty of sunscreen lotion. Apply them every day before commencing the journey.

Another, you need to protect your eyes from some harmful rays of the sun during the trek. So, carry a good polarized sunglass.

Everest Base Camp Trek: Level of Difficulty

In terms of altitude, the Everest base camp trek would be the most difficult one in the world. The trek begins from Lukla, which is at an altitude of around 3000 m. So, there is a chance of getting the symptoms of minor altitude sickness such as a slight headache.

However, if you ensure proper acclimatization, then you may alleviate the altitude-related issues to a greater extent. Regardless of the route you follow to reach the base camp of Everest, you will make your first acclimatization stay at Namche Bazaar.

The best way to acclimatize is to follow the ‘Hike High, sleep low’ technique. During your acclimatization at Namche, you will hike up to the Khumjung and Kunde and come down to Namche for an overnight stay.

TREKKING DAYS

The longer you spend your time in the mountains, the more you become exhausted. Everest Base camp could be reached through various routes and the days ranges from 15 to 30. 30 days trek can be very much strenuous unlike the 15-20 days trek, which is moderately difficult and recommended.

TREKKING HOURS

How long you trek each day is another important factor that determines the difficulty of the trek. In scientific terms, trekking hours are directly proportional to the difficulty of the trek, which means the longer time you trek, the more you become exhausted.

During your Everest base camp trek, you will trek for 5-6 hours per day on average. Therefore, to make your slog easier and less strenuous,

Everest Base Camp Trek: Necessary Trekking Gears

base camp trek in march

You must be mindful of the required trekking gears because, in the absence of any one of these, your adventure might not be as thrilling and memorable as you have had expected.

Some of these trekking gears may also be provided by the trekking company you have promised to go with. So, do inquire in advance what gears are already at your hand and look out for the remaining.

Trekking Equipment:

  • Day pack (25–35 liters)
  • Sleeping Bag comfortable to 0°F (dependent upon season, weather forecast, and personal preference)
  • Waterproof hiking boots
  • Camp shoes (down booties or running shoes)
  • LED headlamp with extra batteries
  • Trekking Poles

Trekking Clothing:

  • Wicking, quick-dry boxers or briefs (3)
  • Wicking, quick-dry sports bra (for women)
  • Heavyweight long underwear bottoms
  • Heavyweight long underwear top
  • Midweight long underwear bottoms
  • Midweight long underwear top
  • Wool or synthetic T-shirts (2)
  • Midweight fleece or soft-shell jacket (2)
  • Midweight down or synthetic parka with hood
  • Convertible hiking pants
  • Fleece pants or insulated pants
  • Lightweight waterproof/breathable rain jacket
  • Lightweight waterproof/breathable rain pants
  • Midweight fleece gloves or wool gloves
  • Midweight waterproof gloves or mittens
  • Liner gloves
  • Midweight fleece/wool winter hat
  • Midweight wool or synthetic socks (3 pairs)
  • Liner socks (optional)
  • Glacier sunglasses
  • Neck gaiter, balaclava, Buff or bandana
  • Gaiters (for winter; optional)

Everest Base Camp Trek: Accommodation

base camp trek in march

The hotels get less fancy as you gain elevation and the same holds for the Everest region . Most of the trekkers prefer tea-houses, which are cheap and luxurious enough for a night's stay.

Rooms in the teahouses, generally, have two wooden beds-each with a pillow and a woolen blanket. Still, many trekkers prefer to carry an additional sleeping bag for extra warmth and comfort. Bathrooms ought to be shared.

Some of the tea-houses around the Everest region are very well-maintained and are also equipped with modern-day appliances such as a heater. In a rare case, they may as well have the wifi facility and if it has, then don’t expect it to be super fast because it is not just you, who is connected to the network.

Hotels (typically 3-stars), on the other hand, are well adorned with modern-day amenities and luxuries, to provide extra fragrance to your adventure. They are relatively expensive but have all those facilities to make your stay a comfortable one.

Attached bathroom, telephone service, high-speed wifi, satellite tv, wardrobe (optional), and mini-refrigerator (optional) are a few of the basic commodities you have access to throughout your stay in a hotel.

Guesthouses or Trekking lodges provide a quite similar experience as that in tea-houses . In fact, many of the teahouses run by the name of guesthouses. However, many of those lodges around the Everest region render some additional services such as telephone calls but with extra pay.

Likewise , Homestay is another option if you wish to stay with a family. The environment is homely, and you would have an opportunity to dive into the culture of Himalayan Sherpas at its depth.

However, many of the homestay services around Everest is commercialized and community-based, which means the services you get are basic with a shared bathroom and you will have to pay few extra dollars just for the name ‘Homestay’. So, inquire in advance with the related trekking agency, and don’t forget to read the reviews.

Of all, camping in the Himalayas is just a world experience. You would surely want to lie on the ground inside a tent. For that, some of the places offer tent services and the prices are quite the same as reserving a room.

If you like to pitch a tent away from the community, then it is better to bring your own tent with you and ask someone whether anybody’s permission is required to pitch a tent in that area. Mostly you don’t have to pay for the land, but in some cases, you will be charged a few dollars. For a campfire, woods cost extra money.

Everest Base Camp Trek: Alternative Packages

Numerous trekking packages of trek and expedition are connected with Everest Base Camp Trek. Adventurers can choose Everest Three Passes Trek, Everest Base Camp with Gokyo Lakes trek, Ama Dablam Base Camp Trek along Everest Base Camp Trek.

Mera Peak Climbing , Lobuche Peak Climbing , Island Peak Climbing are some of the peak climbing adventures that can be done along with Everest Base Camp Trek.

Mountaineers spend months long in the Everest Base Camp in tented camps before soaring Mt. Everest summit. It is a great place for acclimatization before mounting higher.

Everest Base Camp Trek: FAQS

Where is base camp on Everest?

There are two Base Camps on Mount Everest; the northern and the southern. The south base Camp situates in Nepal at an elevation of 5364m/17598ft coordinates 28°0′26″N 86°51′34″E and the northern lies in Tibet China at an altitude of 5150m/16900ft coordinates 28°8′29″N 86°51′5″E.

How hard is it to walk to Everest Base Camp?

Everest Base camp is a moderately difficult journey. As intimidating as the name may sound, it is not a difficult most trek one can assume. It is all because it has a couple of acclimatization days, a slow pace, well-maintained trekking routes, plenty of stops, and not many steep ups and downs. An average walk is 10-12 kilometers in a day where 130 kilometers/80 miles to cover in 12 days!

Is Everest base camp trek worth it?

Everest Base Camp Trek is the perfect combination of nature and culture. The views are spectacular from the different vantage points (Namche, Dingboche, and Kala Patthar are the most popular). Stepping at the base of the tallest peak of the planet-Mt. Everest itself is worth it. Unique Sherpa culture and tradition are impressive.

How high up is base camp?

Everest Base Camp sits at the elevation of 5364m/17,598ft. However, the Everest Base Camp trek leads you up to 5545m/18192ft at Kala Patthar. Kala Patthar is renowned for the sunrise viewpoint.

Is Everest Base Camp Trek dangerous?

Trekkers need to spend around three days at an elevation of 5000m above sea level. The maximum elevation to reach is 5545m for spectacular first rays of sun over Everest massifs. During these, there is only a fear of altitude sickness. Otherwise, occurrences of landslides, avalanches, and earthquakes are incredibly rare.  

How cold does it get at Everest Base Camp?

As Everest Base camp sits at 5364m above sea level, possesses a mountain plateau climate. It remains cold almost all the time of the year. The average temperature of Everest Base Camp is -17 degrees Celsius.

The coldest months are December to January which witnesses even lower temperatures.

Can you see Everest from base camp?

Other insanely tall mountains block your view to see Everest from its base camp. But next day, you ascend to Kala Patthar and see the panoramic view of it.

Can you just go to Everest Base Camp?

The short answer is Yes! Everest Base Camp trek is possible in all the ways- solo, organized, or in a group. The way is straightforward and less confusing. Thousands of trekkers pass by each day. But, you must train before departure to make your journey enjoyable and memorable. Trekking with a guide and porter makes your course comfortable, safe, and stress-free. You never know when the emergency occurs.

What is the best time to go to Everest Base Camp?

Spring(March-April-May) and autumn( September-October-November) are considered the best months for trekking at Everest Base Camp. Maximum visibility, crystal skies, green valleys, seasonal flower, dry trekking routes, favorable weather, and temperatures make these periods comfortable for walking.

Do you need to train for Everest Base Camp?

Trekkers need a basic level of training to improve cardio endurance, strength endurance, and being comfortable carrying a daypack uphill for long periods at a time for Everest Base Camp Trek. Such activities are recommended to continue at least three months before the trek.

How crowded is Everest Base Camp Trek?

It gets crowded in the autumn and spring months. The census reveals that 42% of annual visitors come in October and November. Likewise, around 31% of annual visitors march Everest base camp during March and April.

So, these seasons have flocks of tourists that can be seen during these periods. Pre-booking for accommodation is recommended.

Krishna Sapkota

Krishna is a content writer and tour guide of Holy Mountain Treks. As a guide and a writer, he has paid a visit to almost all the touristic destinations in Nepal. He has also been to major Trekking termini in Nepal. By means of his personal knowledge and experiences, he responds all your interrogations, creates blogs, articles and develops itineraries for your trips.

Krishna has been working in tourism sector since 2017, as he was running his Masters' degree. Afterward the accomplishment of his graduation, he is fully keen in this industry.

Leave Your Comment

  • Best Time to Complete your Trek to Everest Base Camp
  • A Day in Annapurna Base Camp
  • Jhinu Danda: “A place of tranquility”
  • Dashain festival in Nepal, 2021
  • Everest Base Camp Trek in November
  • Nepal throws away quarantine requirement and resumes on-arrival visas
  • An Ultimate Guide to Gokyo Lakes trek
  • Everest Base Camp Trek in October
  • An Ultimate Guide to Upper Mustang Trek
  • Kala Patthar
  • World Heritage Sites in Nepal
  • Best Off-the Beaten Trekking Routes in Nepal
  • Trekking in Nepal in January
  • Trekking in Nepal in November
  • 8 Great Reasons to choose Everest Base Camp Trek
  • Everest Base Camp Trek Distance
  • Major Attractions of Lumbini
  • Visit Nepal with the vaccination of Covid-19
  • Holi Festival in Nepal
  • Everest Base Camp Trek in May
  • Maha-Shivaratri in Nepal
  • Popular Trekking Regions in Nepal
  • Trekking in Nepal in February
  • Trekking in Nepal in May
  • Why should one explore Nepal?
  • When to Trek Nepal?
  • Best Trekking routes in Nepal
  • Poon Hill Trek Difficulty
  • What should I do before a multi-nation trip?
  • Holiday in Nepal during Monsoon Season
  • Namche Bazaar
  • Gokyo Lakes Trek Difficulty
  • Trekking in Nepal in December
  • Trekking Nepal in October-A detailed Guide
  • Trekking in Nepal in March
  • Trekking in Nepal
  • A Complete Guide to Langtang Valley Trek
  • What makes Annapurna Base Camp Trek Difficult?
  • An Ultimate Guide to Ghorepani- Poonhill Trek
  • What makes Annapurna Circuit Trek Difficult?
  • Everest Base Camp Trek after Covid
  • Manaslu Circuit Trek Difficulty- What makes Manaslu trek Difficult?
  • Major Festivals in Nepal-List of Common Festivals
  • Short Treks in Nepal
  • Quarantine, covid insurance rules waived off for tourists visiting Nepal after Oct 17
  • Top Adventure Sports in Nepal
  • Where to Visit after Covid-19 in Nepal
  • Trek in Tamang Heritage Trail and visit Gosainkunda, and Helambu
  • Things to do in Thamel
  • Everest Base Camp Trek Difficulty
  • Is There Mobile Phone Reception On Everest Base Camp
  • Bandipur Tour
  • What it’s like to do the Everest Base Camp Trek
  • Electrical Voltage and Adapters in Nepal– What You Need to Know
  • Books must read Before Travelling Nepal
  • Top Viewpoints of Nepal
  • Best Short Trek from Pokhara
  • Everest Base Camp Trek in April
  • Weather in Ghorepani Poonhill Trek
  • Trek in Nepal: Footwear
  • Preparation of the Annapurna Base Camp (ABC) Trek
  • What makes the Langtang Trek Difficult?
  • What to buy in Nepal?
  • Everest Base Camp vs Annapurna Circuit Trek
  • Travel as a Singleton
  • 9 Things to Know Before Travelling to Nepal
  • Manaslu Tsum Valley Trek Planning
  • Tiji Festival
  • The people of Mustang
  • Monasteries in Everest Region
  • Top 25 best places to visit in Nepal
  • Annapurna Base Camp Vs. Annapurna Circuit Trek
  • Kathmandu | Top Destination | TripAdvisor
  • 7 Best Things to do during Everest Base Camp Trek
  • People in Nepal
  • Difficulty of Upper Mustang Trek
  • Bisket Jatra
  • 6 Best Family Holidays in Nepal with Kids
  • Lukla Flights Rerouted from and to Manthali Airport from 1st April 2019
  • Nepal: Beyond Trekking and Adventures
  • Himalayan Sherpas: The Untold Secrets of Bravery
  • Best Short Treks from Kathmandu
  • 8 places you never knew was so awesome in Kathmandu
  • Trekking in Nepal in spring Season(March-April)
  • Tea-house Trekking in Nepal
  • Trekking in Annapurnas: A complete Guide [2022 Updated]
  • Holi and some need-to-know facts about this festival of colours!
  • Top 10 Reasons to Fall in Love with Nepal
  • Buying or Renting Trekking Gears and equipment in Nepal
  • Visit Nepal 2020
  • Female Trekking Guide in Nepal
  • The Vernacular villages of Bungmati and Khokana
  • National Parks in Nepal: Oasis of Nepalese Wildlife !!
  • How to put together a backpack perfectly befitting Everest Base Camp Trek?
  • Acute Mountain Sickness
  • Holy Places in Kathmandu Valley
  • Top 10 reasons to visit Nepal

Explore! Explore!! Explore!!!

Everest Base Camp Trek

Everest Base Camp Trek-14 Days [2024 Updated]

Are you eager to witness the majestic pa

Table of Content

base camp trek in march

Everest Base Camp Trek in March: Weather and Temperature

With three freezing winter months, trekkers return for  Everest Base Camp Trek in March . As March is the first beautiful Spring month, it’s among the best months for trekking in Nepal. The  weather remains clear and stable  as the  temperature gets warmer  in March. Also,  rhododendron blossom ,  new-leafed-out serene alpine forests ,  snow-capped Mt. Everest,  and other elegant mountains make your Everest Base Camp Trek in March a wholesome adventure. 

Beautiful Everest panorama seen from Hotel Everest View during Everest Base Camp Trek in March

We’ve put temperature, weather, rain, and other things you need to know to plan Everest Base Camp Trek in March. Also, we’ve included an in-depth guide to flights, trekker’s crowd, essential trek gear, and more.

Everest Base Camp Trek in March- Trek Highlights

  • 11-hour long sunshine, best for the all-day-long trek.
  • Panoramic landscapes and elegant snow-capped mountain views.
  • Lesser trekkers on route, best for a peaceful walk.
  • Sunny, rain-free days with utmost visibility for sightseeing.
  • Rhododendron blossom, new-leafed alpine forest, and snowfall experience at higher regions including the base camp region.

Everest Base Camp Temperature in March

From March, the temperature at Everest Base Camp starts getting warmer. With the base camp area and other high-altitude regions remaining cold, the lower regions pick up the temperature past mid-March.

Places like Lukla, Phakding, and  Namche Bazaar  experience similar rises in temperature as March progresses. The average daytime temperature rises to  5-7 °C.  However,  with snowfall  in early March, the daytime  temperature  decreases to  -2˚C . The nighttime temperature remains close to -7˚C till the end of the month.

The  snowfall  till mid-March makes  upper Everest regions  like Dingboche, Lobuche, and Gorak Shep  cold . The  average daytime temperature  here averages around  -6˚C to -2˚C . Likewise, the average  nighttime   temperature  remains between  -18˚C to -13˚C .

Namche Bazaar temperature in March

While trekking, even during the chilly morning, your body gets warmer. Thus, you don’t need to wear down jackets and warm trekking pants while trekking. You can wear thin trekking pants, t-shirts, full-sleeve fleece, caps, and sunglasses. However, it gets colder once the wind picks up the speed, usually past midday. While accommodating at tea houses, you must wear proper layers to keep you warm enough.

Everest Base Camp Weather in March

The pleasant weather in March calls trekkers to the Everest region trek. The stable weather with utmost visibility, snow-filled terrain, and mountains make your Everest Base Camp Trek in March the best.

The  11-12 hours of extended daylight  also makes you feel warm during the trek. As there won’t be clouds or overcast in March, it’s an ideal month to trek. Particularly, viewing Everest from Kala Patthar and base camp becomes one of a kind. With pleasant weather throughout the month, the acclimatization hikes become the best. You’ll see the best mountain panorama from Hotel Everest View and Nangkartshang Peak.  Everest ,  Ama Dablam ,  Kongde , Lhotse,  Cholatse , and other mountains appear spectacular.

Ghat, a beautiful village in early Spring, en route to Everest Base Camp

Notably,  rhododendron blossom starts in March . You’ll trek along the pristine rhododendron-bloomed forest from Lukla, Namche, to Tengboche. Also, the chirping birds, cascading rivers, and rustling plants make your Everest Trek wholesome in March.

Rainfall in March

Humidity at places like Namche Bazaar remains above 50% in March. Due to this, trekkers often experience occasional rainfall and snowfall . Thus, we recommend carrying a poncho or umbrella to avoid the rain shower. Also, waterproof trekking boots, rain cover, and Gore-Tex wind and rain stoppers are highly recommended.

Precipitation at Namche Bazaar in March

In March, lower Everest regions receive around 37mm of rain . However, at higher altitudes, the precipitation rate remains significantly low. Instead of rain at higher altitudes, you can enjoy the transient snow-showers.

Snowfall in March

January and February are two months for heavy snowfall  in the Everest region. However, with late snowfall patterns in recent years, it’s snowing heavily in March 2024 . Thus, early March has been all snow at higher altitudes in Everest regions like Lobuche and Gorak Shep.

Hence, with snowfall till mid-March, you’ll behold snow-filled mountains from Everest Base Camp and Kala Patthar.

Trek to Everest Base Camp in March- Lesser trekker en route

The temperature remains at high altitudes in Everest region remains cold till the end of March. Due to this, few trekkers trek to Everest Base Camp. Hence,  early March is the best time for those peaceful trekkers who love to avoid crowds . It will be cold, but you can comfortably complete this trek with proper trekking gear.

With lesser crowds, you’ll have  almost crowd-free trails, tea houses, and photography locations . Hence, you’ll get plenty of tea houses to accommodate.

Everest Base Camp Trek in March- Direct Kathmandu to Lukla Flight

Throughout March, trekkers get the Kathmandu to Lukla flight. The reason for this is the lesser trekker flow. However, with more trekker flying to Lukla, from the first of April till the end of May, all flights to Lukla operate from Manthali Airport . And for almost-all, flying from Kathmandu to Lukla is much easier than flying from Manthali.

To fly to Lukla from Manthali, you’ve to take a drive from Kathmandu at midnight. And the following day, you’ll take the flight to Lukla. Jet lag, motion sickness, and driving overnight without sleep aren’t convenient for many. On top of that, trekking from Lukla for four hours the next day makes it more difficult. Hence, for almost all trekkers, flying from Kathmandu is much easier.

Hence, planning the Everest Base Camp Trek in March 2024 makes it easier to fly to Lukla and back to Kathmandu.

What’s next?

Want to trek to Everest Base Camp in March 2024?

We have the most-affordable trek packages for Spring 2024 that can be best for you. Our handpicked itineraries, experienced trek guides, and well-organized trek logistics will make your Everest Base Camp Trekking in March wholesome.

If you want to learn more about our fixed departure groups and the availability of this trek, you can write to us at  [email protected] . You can also message us at +9779818553880 (WhatsApp 24/7 Support).

Our associates will get back to you with appropriate solutions.

Avatar

I'm Saroj Dahal, a Nepal government-licensed trekking guide, co-founder, blogger and SEO specialist at NepTrek Adventures, landscape photographer, travel film-maker, and musician.

Two female trekker posing for a photo infront to Tsho Rolpa Lake in Rolwalling Valley.

Tsho Rolpa Lake Trek – Cost & Itinerary for 2024

Tented camps at Everest Base Camp

Sleeping at Everest Base Camp Trek- Overnight at EBC

Related posts, everest base camp trek with gokyo lakes via cho la pass, packing list for everest base camp trek- a complete guide, write a comment cancel reply.

Save my name, email, and website in this browser for the next time I comment.

  • Everest Region Trekking
  • Annapurna Region Trekking
  • Langtang Gosaikunda Trekking
  • Off the Beaten Trekking
  • The Great Himalaya Trail
  • One Day Helicopter Tour
  • Luxury Tour
  • Family Tours
  • Pilgrimage Tour
  • Jungle Safari Tour
  • Short Day Hikes
  • Whole day hike
  • Multiple days Hike
  • Travel Guides

Get Instant Response:

  • Hillary Classical Trek – 17 Days
  • Everest Base Camp Trek – 14 Days
  • Everest Three High Passes Trek – 18 Days
  • Everest Base Camp Trek Via Gokyo Lake – 15 Days
  • Everest View Trek – 5 Days
  • Gokyo Renjo La Pass Trek – 13 Days
  • Everest Base Camp Trek Heli Return – 10 Days
  • Everest Base Camp with Island Peak Climbing – 16 Days
  • Everest Base Camp with Lobuche Peak Climbing – 16 Days
  • Everest Panorama Trek – 7 Days
  • Luxury Everest Base Camp Trek – 12 Days
  • Ama Dablam Base Camp Trek – 8 Days
  • Short Everest Base Camp Trek – 10 Days
  • Gokyo Ri Trek – 10 Days
  • Annapurna Base Camp Trek – 7 Days
  • Annapurna Circuit Trek – 14 Days
  • Annapurna Base Camp Trek via Poon Hill – 13 Days
  • Annapurna Circuit Trek with Annapurna Base Camp – 20 Days
  • Annapurna Circuit Trek with Tilicho Lake – 15 Days
  • Nar Phu Valley Trek – 14 Days
  • Poon Hill Trek – 7 Days
  • Upper Mustang Trek – 15 Days
  • Mardi Himal Trek – 5 Days
  • Khopra Danda Trek – 8 Days
  • Annapurna Base Camp Trek with Helicopter Return – 8 Days
  • Annapurna Sanctuary Trek – 10 Days
  • Short Annapurna Circuit Trek – 10 Days
  • Manaslu Circuit Trek – 13 Days
  • Manaslu Tsum Valley Trek – 20 Days
  • Tsum Valley Trek – 16 Days
  • Langtang Valley Trek – 8 Days
  • Langtang Gosaikunda Trek – 13Days
  • Gosaikunda Trek – 5 Days
  • Tamang Heritage Trail – 7 Days
  • Kanchenjunga Trek – 22 Days
  • Mera Peak Climbing – 13 Days
  • Lower Dolpo Trek – 15 Days
  • Island Peak Expedition – 15 Days
  • Mera Peak Climbing – 15 Days
  • Legal Documents
  • Terms & Condition

Everest Base Camp Trek Guide

The Everest Base Camp Trek Guide is filled with all the important information that will benefit new trekkers wanting to explore the region.

  • 11 Aug 2023

Hillary Treks

Annapurna Circuit vs. Everest Base Camp Trek

Everest Base Camp Trek is one of the most popular in Nepal. They can be easy to some and challenging to others. If you don’t have trekking experience, then this Everest Base Camp Trek Guide will help you find all the information necessary before going on your excursion.

Everest Base Camp Trek offers stunning trails through forests, rhododendron settlements, glacial moraines, and woodlands. During the journey, you can also visit Sagarmatha National Park, where you can see many different kinds of plants and animals, some rare and only found in the Himalayas.

Furthermore, you will see beautiful mountain views, including Mt. Everest, Ama Dablam, Cho-Oyu, Lhotse, and Nuptse. He will also pass through several exceptional small settlements in a Sherpa village, where you can meet local people and experience their hospitality. 

Hence, the Everest Base camp trek is an experience mixed up with fantastic adventure and cultural immersion. However, you can experience even more fun if you know what you will do when you get there. Hence, our complete Everest Base Camp Trek guide is just for you.

How do you get to Everest Base Camp from Kathmandu?

The Everest Base Camp Trek is an exciting 14-day experience in Nepal. You will begin by flying into Kathmandu, followed by Lukla, a small mountain village. The trek will take you through several villages, forests, and beautiful mountains. This will help your body adjust to the altitude. The route is designed to be easy on your body. You will get to see some stunning scenery along the way. The trek is carefully planned to ensure your safety and enjoyment.

You’ll reach Namche Bazaar, a Sherpa trading town, and then continue to Everest Base Camp, stopping at Gorakshep. The next day, you will reach Kala Patthar, the highest point in your EBC trek, where you can take photos of beautiful mountain ranges. Finally, you’ll retrace your steps, flying back to Kathmandu from Lukla on day 13.

EBC Trek Duration and Hike daily

The Everest Base Camp Trek is fun and pleasing; however, make no mistake, it is challenging. What makes this trek a bit difficult is its total duration, around 130 km from Lukla to the base camp. 

This trek will take you from Lukla, Phakding, Namche, Tenboche, Dingboche, Lobuche, and Periche. Regarding the itinerary, Hillary Steps Trek has prepared a unique 14-day trek package where you will visit several amazing places in the Khumbu region.

You must cover 130 km for 14 to 15 days, and within these days, at least two days are separated for acclimatization. Hence, you must cover at least 9-10 km daily. During this thrilling EBC trek, you must hike for seven to eight hours daily.

Best Time For Everest Base Camp Trek

If you plan to travel to the Everest region, choosing the right time to visit is vital to ensure an enjoyable experience. The success or failure of your trek largely depends on the timing of your visit. During the peak season, you can expect pleasant weather, comfortable temperatures, clear mountain views, and beautiful trails. 

However, if you visit during the off-season, you may face challenges such as heavy rainfall, snowfall, and natural disasters. Therefore, carefully considering the best time to visit Everest Base Camp is crucial.

Spring 

Spring is among the best season for trekking in Nepal. The month from March to May falls in the Spring season. During this season, the weather is pretty warm, and the temperature is also mild. Spring season starts after the end of the winter season, so there will be less chance of rainfall.

Since the days are sunnier, it starts to get reasonably warm, which is impressive for climbing peaks. The favorable weather, temperature, blooming trails, and crystal-clear mountain views appeal to trekkers worldwide.

Hence, Spring is the busiest season for trekking. The trail to Everest Base Camp, hotels, lodges, and tea houses are very overcrowded during these three months.

Autumn 

Autumn is another popular season for trekking EBC. Many trekkers argue that Autumn is the best season for trekking in Nepal. September – November falls in the Autumn season. During Fall, the skies are clear, the weather and temperature are favorable, and there are only occasional chances of rainfall in the early days of September.

Autumn is a bit chillier than SprinSpringe; it passes the monsoon, leading to winter. However, mesmerizing mountain views and clear skies are more than enough compensation for the cold nights. As November passes, the high altitude starts getting snowfalls and snowstorms, so plan your trek accordingly.

Monsoon 

Trekking during the monsoon season, which runs from June to August, can be challenging because of the muddy and slippery trails. However, at higher altitudes, the rainfall tends to be less. So, if you’re ready and willing to bear the wet weather, you can still go for the Everest Base Camp Trek. Just be extra careful.

Also, trekking during the monsoon season can be a peaceful experience with less disturbance. In the mornings, you can see spectacular views of the Himalayas.

However, if you don’t like getting wet in the rain, you can go on a rain shadow trek. These treks occur in areas with little rainfall, like Upper Dolpo and Tsum Valley Trek, but the Everest region doesn’t fall in the rain shadow area.

Winter 

Winter is considered the best off-season trek for Everest Base Camp. You will suffer from harsh cold weather throughout the entire trek. Even the days are chillier, whereas the temperature falls below freezing at night.

Many experienced trekkers can trek in the winter season, but if you are a beginner, we recommend you avoid this season. Pack several vital items, such as winter jackets, boots, snow gear, ropes, etc. However, like Monsoon, the trails are less crowded, so if you want a peaceful trek, this might be your season.

How challenging is the trek to EBC?

Everest Base Camp Trek is not very hard, as it falls in the difficulty level of easy to moderate. If you decide to trek in the peak season, you don’t need any experience in trekking or skills for mountain climbing.

It is a hike at a high altitude, as you have to trek daily for several hours through rugged terrain. The risk of altitude sickness will linger as you trek at high altitudes. Furthermore, at least two days must be separated for acclimatization to avoid mountain sickness.

Some factors can cause difficulty during your EBC trek, so let’s look at them.

What are the Difficulty of Everest Base Camp Trek?

Altitude sickness.

Altitude sickness, also known as Acute Mountain Sickness, is a common problem when trekking at high altitudes. The air gets thinner, with less oxygen, which causes symptoms like headache, dizziness, nausea, and fatigue. If you experience these symptoms, it is important to take action immediately. If possible, go down to a lower altitude as soon as possible. This will help prevent serious consequences.

Altitude sickness can be avoided by gradually ascending and allowing your body to adjust to the changing conditions over several days. To acclimatize, spend some time at lower altitudes before gradually ascending to higher elevations. This will give your body time to adjust and help prevent altitude sickness.

Daily Trekking Hours

As mentioned earlier, the EBC Trek is long. You must cover 130km within 14 days, and the daily trekking hours range from six to seven hours, undoubtedly making you tired and exhausted. Along the trail, you will encounter various steep climbs, curvy roads, bumpy rocks, and snow-capped peaks.

Since the roads are not flat and you have to trek several hours daily, this trek will be physically demanding. So, before trekking, increase your physical fitness and endurance.

Weather and Climate

Trekking in Nepal is fun and thrilling if you choose the proper time. Weather and climate can raise or lower the difficulty of your trek. Favorable weather conditions make your trek fast, give you opportunities to click beautiful photos, and lower your chances of getting injured.

However, if you choose bad weather to trek, your path might be blocked by snowfalls, heavy rainfalls, floods, blizzards, or avalanches. There is also a huge risk to life and property if you trek in dangerous weather.

Rough Trails

The rough trails are another factor that makes the EBC trek significantly difficult for trekkers. Steep ascents, descents, and rocky paths are very common as soon as you land from the flight to Lukla. 

You will pass through several streams, rivers, wooden or suspension bridges, and vast landscapes. Make sure you are trekking in proper weather so that blooming flowers, green vegetation, and dense forests accompany you.

Food and Accommodation We get during the Everest Base Camp Trek

Food and Accommodation are essential during your EBC trek. The popularity of this trek has grown significantly over the years, so more lodges, hotels, and tea houses have been established. In the city area, like Kathmandu, you can choose accommodation in three- to five-star hotels. 

But as you climb altitude, you will reach remote villages where you will only find teahouses. Teahouses are small houses with few rooms with twin beds. During the overcrowded season, you may have to share your room and toilet with other trekkers.

Regarding food, there are many options on the menu in city areas like Kathmandu. You can have local Nepalese foods like Dal, Bhat, and Curry or get various Western cuisines. Throughout the trek, you will get three meals daily: breakfast, lunch, and dinner.

In the secluded villages, you will get local Nepali food and some Western dishes in teahouses, such as Pizzas, Burgers, Dumplings, stews, or Steaks. We recommend not drinking directly from the tap or water handles.

We recommend you carry water purification tablets or only drink filtered and boiling water, which you can ask from the teahouses for additional costs.

How much does the Everest Base Camp trek cost?

Various factors determine the cost of Everest Base Camp:

  • Two nights accommodation in Kathmandu (Hotel Thamel Park with Breakfast)
  • 11 Nights Standard Accommodation in During the Everest Base Camp Trek
  • All Standard meals (Breakfast, Lunch & Dinner/the main course) during the trek
  • Free Pick up/Drop off from the International airport and domestic airport by private vehicle
  • Both ways, Kathmandu to Lukla and Lukla to Kathmandu by flight with airport tax
  • Sagarmatha National Park Fees
  • Pasang Lhamu municipality fees
  • Professional & Government licensed holder English Speaking Trekking Guide
  • Porter (2 trekkers: 1 porter)
  • Staff costs, including their salary, insurance, equipment, food and accommodation, etc
  • Sleeping bag (if Needed)
  • Trekking Map
  • First aid kit
  • Cookies & seasonal fruits every day
  • All Government and Local Tax

Hence, the total cost for the 14 days Everest Base Camp Trek is USD 1,450

How cold is it at Everest Base Camp?

If you’re planning to visit Everest Base Camp, you must be prepared for the different temperatures you’ll encounter. During spring (March to May) and autumn (September to November), daytime temperatures range from 10°C to 20°C. 

However, temperatures can drop significantly at higher altitudes and at night. In fact, during the winter months (December to February), nighttime temperatures can drop as low as -10°C to -20°C.

Important Packing List for the Everest Base Camp Trek

  • Upper Body: Insulation, Thermal base layer, fleece, warm jacket, trekking shirt
  • Toiletries: Quick-drying towel, toilet paper, Toothbrush, toothpaste, soap, Shampoo, small mirror, nail cutter
  • Essentials: Trekking pole, sleeping bag, towels, raincoat, water bottle, Backpack or day pack
  • Gaiters, crampons (if needed) Slippers, thermal leggings underwear, thick socks
  • Head:  Ear warmers, beanies, scarf, sunhat, Headlights, spare batteries
  • Gloves, waterproof jacket, Lightweight T-shirt
  • Personal Accessories: Money, camera, phone, watch, Power bank, extra camera batteries
  • Face: UV sunglasses, sunscreen, dust masks, lip balm, Face/body wipes
  • Legs & Boots: Trekking pants (2 pairs), waterproof jacket, Trekking boots, sports shoes
  • Extras: Diary, pen, books, Extrapassport copy, photos, binoculars, first aid kit

Permits Needed for Everest Base Camp Trek

To be able to trek Everest Base Camp Trek you need some important permits.

Sagarmatha National Park:

  • SAARC Nationals    NPR 1500/person
  • Foreigners    NPR 3000/person

Pasang Lhamu Rural Municipality Fee

  • SAARC Nationals    NPR 1000/person
  • Foreigners    NPR 2000/person

Trekkers Information Management System (TIMS)

  • Foreign Officials & their families    NPR 500/person

Hence, Everest Base Camp Trek is quite an amusing but slightly challenging trekking destination in Nepal. If you are confused about trekking in the Everest region, our comprehensive guide will make your trek easy.

You will get all the necessary information about the trek, such as its difficulty, best seasons, costs, food and accommodation , and others.

My name is Hillary. Since completing the Government Guide Training from Nepal's Ministry of Tourism and Civil Aviation (KEEP and HRA), I have been a specialist in mountain trekking and peak climbing. With specific expertise in the Nepal, Tibet, and Bhutan regions, I have now been a trekking guide and tour operator in Nepal, and across the Himalayas, since 2012.

Read Previous

Annapurna Circuit Trek Guide

Everest Base Camp Trek in September

trekking inquire

Discover the essential travel requirements for Nepal, including visa procedures, current travel restrictions, and health and safety guidelines. Our travel expert will guide you through the latest entry requirements based on your departure country and passport, ensuring you’re prepared for your Himalayan adventure.

everest base camp trek guide logo mountain iq

  • Classic EBC Trek
  • EBC + Gokyo Trek
  • Jiri to EBC
  • 3 Passes Trek to EBC
  • Island Peak and EBC
  • Acclimatisation
  • Packing List
  • Get a Trek Quote

Everest Base Camp Trek Packing List – Exactly What You Need To Bring  

One of the more daunting tasks you will encounter on the Everest Base Camp Trek is packing for the trek itself! To help you get a head start we have compiled an easy to navigate and complete list of what you will need for the typical Everest Base Camp Trek and similar treks in the region.

The guide is by no means definitive in that you have to pack everything listed. It can and should be tailored to your personal need and preferences.

Throughout the article we have linked our personal recommendations for gear that we have either owned and used. These recommendations are based on past experience of trekking in the area as well as feedback from guides and travellers who have completed the trek. We believe this equipment offers the best performance as well as good value for money, ensuring you don’t have to break the bank to enjoy the beauty of Nepal.

Most of the equipment listed can be rented or purchased in Kathmandu or in Namche Bazaar, but understand that you run the risk of being sold cheaper, local equipment that may not be up to the standards of equipment bought before you travel.

It is important to purchase good quality and reliable clothes and footwear as you will be facing very cold conditions on the trek.

EBC Packing List

What clothing you pack for the Everest Base Camp Trek will depend heavily on the season in which you trek as well as which specific trek you plan on doing. We provide packing advice for the  typical trek to Everest Base Camp  which involves ascending in altitude by almost 3,000m.

The large variation in altitude, and therefore temperature, makes layering a key concept of the trek. Being able to add or remove layers of clothing while you trek will allow you to readily adapt to the temperature and ensure that you remain comfortable and safe.

If you plan on trekking in the colder winter months of December through February, you will definitely need to pack a bit warmer.

Check out our guide on what to expect weather-wise .

Base Layers

base camp trek in march

As the first layer of clothing you wear, the base layer is important for higher altitudes and colder parts of the trek. This means you will probably not wear it during the first and last parts of the trek.

The fit and material are the most important considerations when deciding on a good base layer.

We recommend merino wool base layers as they are very good at wicking moisture away from the body and are retailed at an affordable price.

Check Price

Insulation layer.

base camp trek in march

The second layer is the insulation layer and it is usually made from a fleece type material. They are sold for both legs and torso but for EBC only a torso second layer is necessary.

We recommend a Polartec 200 Fleece Jacket, which is very lightweight allowing for easy movement when trekking. They are also warm but still breathable and well-priced.

Good brands that make fleece jackets include The North Face, Helly Hansen, Columbia, REI and Patagonia.

Outer Layer

base camp trek in march

This layer consists of warm and waterproof jacket and trousers often called the outer core layer. These will mainly be used for higher altitudes of the trek or if the weather gets very cold and/or rainy.

As one of the more important and lasting pieces of clothing you will buy, paying a bit more money for a good quality winter jacket should be viewed more as an investment than an expense.

Our recommended brands for jackets are The North Face, Mountain Hardware, Eddie Bauer, Rab, Hagloffs and Berghaus. If you are in the USA then the Eddie Bauer CirrusLite is great. For UK readers the Berghaus Tephra is a good shout.

Jackets can be bought from Kathmandu but will likely be fake.

Recommended brands for fleeced ski-like trousers include O’Neills and Trespass.

Hiking clothes are needed in addition to the three layers mentioned above.

Trekking Trousers and Shorts

base camp trek in march

We recommend taking 1 x pair of hiking trousers and 1 x pair of hiking shorts (for the lower / warmer stretches of the trek).

There are many good trekking trouser brands, including: Craghoppers, Trespass and Columbia.

Trekking Shirts

base camp trek in march

You will need around 5-6 shirts that will be worn on most days. Avoid cotton as it absorbs moisture instead of wicking away sweat, resulting in bad smelling shirts after a few uses. Ideal fabric is a breathable, lightweight and quick-drying polyester, merino or nylon. A combination of short and long sleeve shirts are recommended.

Waterproof Jacket and Trousers

base camp trek in march

Encountering rain on the trail is always a risk, especially if you plan on hiking from June to September (we definitely don’t recommend trekking in the region during these months).

As a general precaution we recommend that you bring along some rain clothing – ideally a gore-tex membrane hard shell jacket. 

The North Face make really good waterproof gear. Check out the North Face Resolve Jacket for example.

As for trousers you can usually get away with a cheap pair of waterproof pull-overs.

base camp trek in march

Underwear also needs to be breathable and moisture wicking so we recommend 5 pairs of sports underwear and 2 sports bras for women.

base camp trek in march

You will need a good, wide brim trekking hat that offers protection from the sun.

Best options are ones that are lightweight, easy to pack and cover your neck.

base camp trek in march

A beanie is a must for when it gets cold at night or when you get closer to Everest Base Camp. 

North Face and Berghaus make great beanies that will keep your head and ears protected from the elements.

Neck Gaiter

base camp trek in march

A neck gaiter or warmer is another great piece of cheap yet irreplaceable clothing.

It will keep your face and neck warm while also preventing the infamous Khumbu cough as you breathe in the cold mountain air.

If you plan on travelling in the winter months, you may want to consider a balaclava.

As one of the most exposed parts of your body, you will want a warm pair of gloves for the colder segments of the trek.

I recommend taking two types of gloves, a lightweight inner glove that can be warm when there is a little nip in the air, and a heavier more insulated pair of gloves.

Inner Gloves

base camp trek in march

Light inner gloves can be used when the temperature is moderate or when performing intricate tasks such as tying shoe laces. 

Outer Insulated Gloves

base camp trek in march

Outer gloves or mittens must be warm, waterproof and durable. They don’t need to be super well insulated unless you plan to do some climbing in the region, for example Island Peak , but they should keep your hands nice and toasty when in sub-zero temperatures.

Ideally you are looking for a mid-weight fleeced glove.

The following brands make good outdoor winter gloves: Black Diamond, The North Face and Outdoor Research.

Footwear is without a doubt one of the most important pieces of gear that you need to get right.

Think about it, your feet are what get you to Base Camp and back, so you want to make sure you have comfortable trekking boots.

Aches and blisters are a nightmare that no one wants to experience, so spend a bit more money on some good quality boots and socks.

Top tip: Make sure your boots are well worn-in before starting your Everest Base Camp adventure. Brand new boots will give you blisters.

Hiking Boots

base camp trek in march

Getting a comfortable boot that is the right size is probably more important than the brand of shoe.

You should be able to fit one finger behind your heel to ensure proper fit. Too much space for your finger means too big a boot and not enough room means too small.

Find a middle to light-weight hiking boot that offers good ankle support and that has waterproof uppers.

Make sure you can tie and untie the laces with ease and check that the boot has deep cut traction on the sole.

Goods brands of boots include: Salomon, Hi-Tec, Berghaus or Karrimor. If you want top of the range, check out Meindl or the Scarpa Kailash.

Trekking Shoes / Sandals

base camp trek in march

We recommend that you hike in boots instead of shoes as the former provide a lot more support. The last thing you want is a twisted ankle!

However, it is worthwhile bringing a lightweight and comfortable pair of shoes so that you can use them in and around the tea houses after a days trekking.

If you are a sandals person check out these trekking sandals that can be worn with socks or, if not, here are some great trekking shoes.

Hiking Socks

base camp trek in march

Good hiking socks should be breathable and moisture wicking, so don’t choose anything made from cotton.

Merino wool is our preferred material for trekking socks. 

Good brands include: Bridgedale, Coolmax, Smartwool and Point6.

We recommend bringing 5-6 pairs of socks.

Warm Thermal Socks

base camp trek in march

Thermal socks are slightly thicker than standard trekking socks and are used for colder conditions, such as those experienced near or at Base Camp.

Smartwool, Bridgedale and Wigwam all make comfortable and warm thermal socks that are highly recommended.

Bring 1 pair of thermal socks.

base camp trek in march

Gaiters cover the ankle-high opening to your boots and are designed to prevent water, mud, rocks and basically anything else from getting into them.

From our experience, gaiters are not an absolute necessity for trekking during peak season when it is warmer.

That being said, they are not a large expense and some people swear by them.

Bags and Backpacks

The type of bag you will need varies depending on whether you will have a porter or will be carrying your own gear.

In the case of a portered trek then we recommend a 80L duffle (see details below), otherwise, if you are unsupported and carrying your own gear you will need a 50-65L backpack (see details below).

base camp trek in march

A duffel bag is the best option if your gear is going to be carried by porters. Your duffle bag should be water-resistant, durable and lockable.

base camp trek in march

If you don’t have the luxury of porters on your trek, a good backpack with an opening at the top will be needed.

Any backpack that is 50-65L from Osprey is a good bet. We like the Atmos, Aether or Aura range of theirs.

base camp trek in march

If you do have a porter, you will still need something small to carry water, rain gear, your camera, snacks and other personal items or things that you will want to have access to on the trek.

The Osprey Talon 22 is the perfect size for carrying things such as water, sun cream, camera, hats and snacks.

You should also invest in a rain cover for your backpack /daypack. An Osprey Backpack Raincover will do the trick – just check that you have the right size for your backpack / daypack.

Sleeping Gear

Sleeping bag.

base camp trek in march

Along with your hiking boots, your sleeping bag is another critical piece of gear. Teahouses along the route usually provide basic sleeping facilities with blankets but they are generally not clean and certainly not warm enough!

Once you get above 3,000m in altitude the temperature inside teahouses, especially during the dead of night, is very cold. Most teahouses are not well insulated and do not have heating outside of central yak furnaces in the common lounge areas.

Therefore a warm 4-season sleeping bag (rated for at least -10°C) is a must! The best sleeping bags are generally made from duck or goose down, but nowadays there are good quality synthetic options too.

Your sleeping bag should be a good fit to the shape of your body (mummy-shaped is ideal) and should have an insulated hood for added warmth.

Our recommendations are the Hyke & Byke Snowmass, TETON Sports LEEF or the REI Downtime .

If you rent instead of purchasing a sleeping bag, a liner will give you a clean environment in which to rest. Any mummy shaped liner will suffice.

Ear plugs are a good idea if you are a light sleeper and hate the snoring of fellow adventurers!

Poles and Headgear

Trekking poles.

base camp trek in march

For most trekkers, the use of trekking poles is recommended as they significantly reduce the impact and stress on your joints.

If you have trekked with poles before and don’t like the experience then they are not a mandatory requirement.

base camp trek in march

A good pair of UV protecting sunglasses are a necessity due to the higher strength of UV at altitude and the glare from snow-covered peaks as you approach EBC.

100% UV protection and at least 80% light reduction glasses such as those from Julbo are recommended.

base camp trek in march

A headlamp for getting around the teahouses at night should be brought along as many of the teahouses are poorly lit.

A Petzl Tikkina headlamp with some spare batteries should prove to be useful.

Miscellaneous Accessories

Water bottle / hydration bladder.

base camp trek in march

As dehydration contributes to altitude related sicknesses , proper hydration is vital on the trek. You should aim to drink between 2-3L of water a day. Some people like water bottles, but we prefer water bladders.

In terms of the latter we recommend the Platypus Big Zip Water Reservoir, which fits snuggly into the back of most daypacks.

Alternatively, if you prefer water bottles then bring 2x 1L standard CamelBak Water Bottles made from hardened plastic.

Please make sure you purify all water you drink (more on this below!).

base camp trek in march

A smallish towel is useful for drying yourself after a wash. Quick drying trekking towels are recommended.

base camp trek in march

All teahouses have toilet facilities, ranging from the most basic squat ceramic toilets to actual flushing loos. Nonetheless, as you get higher up on the route, facilities inevitably get more and more basic.

Coupled with super cold nights and poor lighting, the thought of making a toilet run can be a little frightening!

A pee funnel is one way you can answer the call of nature without having to leave the warmth of your room. Freshette Pee Funnels are pretty good.

Usually a good idea if you are using porters or carrying around some more valuable stuff – see these TSA Locks .

Technology and Entertainment

base camp trek in march

You will definitely want a good camera to document and remember your time in the Himalayas.

A smartphone, despite being really good nowadays, will just not do justice to the amazing mountain scenery in the Everest region.

For something more modern, light and trendy, try out the GoPro, and perhaps you can create an awesome EBC trek diary like these on Youtube .

Portable Charger

base camp trek in march

If you plan on bringing anything electronic like your phone, camera or Kindle, a USB charger is highly recommended! In the 21st century there is nothing worse than running out of battery and having no means to recharge.

Some tea houses have charging facilities but they will likely make you pay and reliability isn’t great.

base camp trek in march

As there is a lot of free time, especially towards the night, a book or e-reader can pass some free time and also allow you to sharpen your knowledge on the Himalayas! Just make sure you get one with a backlight!

Check out the Kindle Paperwhite and our favourite Mount Everest expedition book, Into Thin Air .

No trekking trip is complete without a set of cards. We highly recommend bring cards!

Passport / Money

Don’t forget all your travel documents such as your passport and visa. Also draw plenty of cash in Kathmandu as ATM’s tend to be sparse on the Everest trek! The last Cashpoint is in Namche Bazaar.

You should definitely get adequate travel and trekking insurance from a reliable insurance provider. Almost all good tour operators will require that you have insurance.

When it comes to the Everest Base Camp trek, standard insurance will not cut it. You need to get insurance that

1. will cover you for trekking up to 6,000m in altitude, and

2. include coverage for helicopter evacuation 

The latter point is important as if you experience severe altitude sickness the fastest way to get you to safety is via helicopter.

We are not insurance experts so we recommend you speak with insurance providers to see if they cover the Everest Base Camp trekking adventure and also read the small print. But from our experience, the insurance company, World Nomads , tick the box!

Medications and Toiletries

Water purification tablets.

base camp trek in march

You need to make sure that all water that you drink on the Everest Base Camp trek is purified before it touches your mouth (this includes water you brush your teeth with).

There are many methods to purify water, including boiling, reverse osmosis and treating with iodine tablets. Some tour operators will purify water for you.

In all cases we still recommend that you use water purification tablets before drinking water. These water purification tablets will do the job!

If you are not keen on tablets, you can also purchase a UV water purifier such as the SteriPEN Adventure Opti Mini Pack.

Isotonic Powder

When added to your water, this powder will help replace lost electrolytes and keep you fit and healthy.

Diamox is the most popular medicine used to prevent the onset of Acute Mountain Sickness and related conditions. Please note, Diamox is a preventative medication and does not treat AMS. If you unfortunately get severe altitude sickness symptoms the only effective treatment is rapid descent. Read up on proper acclimatization techniques  and consult your doctor before using Diamox.

Common Medications

Some paracetamol for headaches as well as Imodium for diarrhoea.

First Aid Kit

If trekking with a tour group or guide, they will likely have adequate first aid items. If not, bring a first aid kit such as these compact ones .

Minimum SPF 30 sunscreen and UV rated lip balm will protect you from the rays.

For quick cleaning and refreshment bring a pack of baby wipes.

Basic toiletries such as a toothbrush and toothpaste as well as 2 rolls of toilet paper should be part of your basic toiletries. You can buy some cheap toiletries such as toilet paper (single ply!!) on the trail.

For small cuts and blisters – we recommend compeed blister plasters.

This optional device will measure the effects of altitude on your body. It gives you spot read on oxygen saturation and your heart rate.  Rough rule of thumb : Oxygen saturations below 80% should be closely monitored. Below 70% and you should descend immediately until you are better acclimatised (this is by no means gospel, and should be used in conjunction with other altitude symptoms to decide the best course of action). Check out these finger pulse oximeters .

Hand Sanitizer

Very useful for a quick wash before eating.

If you have any further questions on this Everest Base Camp Packing List, please leave a comment below and we will respond within 24 hours.

Author Image

Mark Whitman

Hi, I'm Mark! Welcome to EBC Trek Guide - the Web's No.1 Trekking Guide to Everest Base Camp. I have trekked all over Nepal, but the Everest region remains my favourite. I hope you find all the answers you are looking for on this site. If you have any questions don't hesitate to drop a comment below! Happy Trekking!

Leave a Reply

Your email address will not be published. Required fields are marked

Hi, would you reccomend taking any yak traks or crampons? We are going end of March/Beginning of April.

Hi Corin, if you are trekking the standard route – strainght up and down the Khumbu Valley – then it is unlikely that you will need yak tracks, but if you have them then there is no harm taking them. If you plan to do any of the EBC trek variations that involve crossing some of the big passes – like Cho La on the Gokyo Lakes route – then I would definitely take yak tracks. Crampons are overkill, especially if you have to change your hiking boots. All the best!

I saw in the prices-breakdown that it mentions intenations travel. Does that mean it will include our tickets from the US? What route would you suggest for best pictures? Is it ok to trek in november ending around american thanksgiving holday?

Hi Marco, some international companies will include international flights in their tour prices, but most operators only include the domestic flight from Kathmandu to Lukla return. You need to get yourself to Nepal first! I would recommend the Gokyo Lakes route for the best scenery: https://ebctrekguide.com/gokyo-lakes-trek-everest-base-camp . November is fine, although expect cold weather. If you decide to do the Gokyo route then the Cho la Pass may be closed due to snow / weather. It may be better to do the classic EBC route if you decide to trek in November.

Hi Mark, Just wondering if it is possible to trek EBC in late June. I understand this is the monsoon but I was just wondering if there would still be scenic views and good photograph opportunities? this is the only time of year that I am free that’s all haha. cheers!

Hi Ivan, it is possible to trek in late June, but I wouldn’t recommend it. The weather can be very bad and many teahouses close for the monsoon season.

Hi, thanks for the informative post. How many days did you take to complete the trek via Lukla? and how long more does the trip extend if you choose to go by Gokyo? Those two are the only routes right?

Hi Joyce, the Classic EBC trek takes about 12 days – KTM to KTM, whereas Goyko adds on average 3 days (so 15 days KTM to KTM). It is possible to do both treks faster but I wouldn’t recommend it as acclimatisation takes time and the 12 day or 15 day profile is a conservative approach.

Hi Mark, My daughter and I are looking to do EBC via Gokyo, but would like to hire a guide. Everything I’ve read indicates we should try to hire in Kathmandu, but have zero knowledge of Nepal and have a bit of trepidation about completing that task. Do you have a recommended course of action for us? Do we just need to ask someone at our hotel or simply roam the streets? Also, because we intend to go mid-May do you have an idea of how cold it will be in high country?

Hi Gary, it is quite easy to find willing guides / tour operators in KTM. The Thamel area is rammed with tourist guide shops / gear shops where you can scout for a guide or company. Establishing the quality of the service / what’s included in the price etc. can be a bit of a minefield. The trick is to shop around to compare and contrast services / options. In terms of weather mid-May is a fine time to trek. You can expect freezing temperatures in the high country at night time and in the early hours of the morning. By mid morning and into the afternoon, the temperatures will be in the high single digits or early teens. The high passes, like Cho La can be pretty cold (weather dependent) so make sure you have lots of layers. All the best!

Hi Mark! Is it possible to buy medicine and items such as an anklet (if you were to sprain your ankle) on the Everest Base Camp Trek? I fear that I am bringing too many kinds of medication to prepare for every possible scenario.

Hi Mike, most villages will have tea houses with basic medical supplies and if you are travelling with a reputable tour operator the lead guide should have a pretty comprehensive first aid kit. My recommendation is to bring basic medication – i.e. Paracetamol etc, and a basic first aid kit, but nothing too heavy or cumbersome. Cheers!

Hi Mark, we are flying out to Kathmandu on the 27th April and trekking to EBC. Is the weather in the lower areas warm right now and it gets colder the closer we get to EBC?

As we get closer to EBC, what you recommended above for the packing list, does that still apply for the time we’re going?

Just want to make sure we don’t over pack as keeping weight down is crucial.

Hi Yogi, yes, the day time temperatures in the lower regions around Lukla will be comfortable. But temperatures drop in the night. By the time your reach Namche you can expect very cold temperatures at night. Temperatures can rise into the low to mid teens during the day around Namche and further up the trail. As you get further north day time temperatures can be frigid. Packing light is important, but make sure to have sufficient layers so that you have options to layer up and down as temperatures fluctuate.

Thanks Mark for getting back to me. What is the temperature like at night? Is there heating in the tea houses? Also, is there hot water in the tea houses, for like showers and do we have to pay for them?

Hi Yofi, the temperature varies as you get higher up the trail. But you can expect low single digits at night. All the way to below zero near EBC. Teahouses usually have a yak dung burner in the middle of their common rooms. These produce a good amount of heat but can be a little smoky. Rooms are not heated so you will need a warm four season sleeping bag. Hot water in a bowl is available in most teahouses but you will be charged for it. Showers are rare, but some teahouses lower Dow the trail have them. Again they are paid for.

thank you for very useful information specially for first time EBC trekkers please inform me , is it necessary to take portable toilet which weighs 2 kgs as i read some of the toilets are pretty unusable

Hi Suresh, thanks for your comment. It is not necessary to take a portable toilet on the EBC trek. The toilets throughout the trek, particularly further up the trail, are very basic. Ranging from outdoor long drops and ceramic holes in the ground, to standard toilets but with no flushing mechanism. Despite being very basic, all toilet facilities beat the idea of a portable toilet that you have to carry with you. Hope this helps!

Dear Mark we are planning EBC in May. your information is very valuable and helping us a lot covering all the required information specially for first timers it is very useful My sincere appreciation and thanks dr suresh mysore- india

Sure thing Suresh!

Hi Suresh, Did you go there in May 2018? I chatted with man named Suresh and his guide on my way to from Namche to Lukla. And we met again several times while we were stuck for days in Lukla.

I was that girl with the wrong shoes… lol

Is that you, Suresh??

Hi Mark, Just wanted to ask you about the toiletries as moistures as what form is better to take up to that height -in a tube or bottle and cream or lotions as what is the effect of pressure on that height? And are there facilities to take shower every day or not? We are planning to do the trek in Late Sep

Hi Ashi, generally tubes or bottles are fine. Even aerosol cans can be fine as the ascent to altitude is slow. There are basic facilities for shower in some teahouses, particularly those lower down the trail. Hot water is however a rarity. You can buy a bowl of hot water to do a wet wash with a clothe at all teahouses. Hope this helps.

Hey Mark! We’re off to EBC next Friday 18 May, can you confirm exactly which insurance you bought on world nomads? I cant see anything in small print around travelling up to 6000m or helicopter support.

Hi Dan, I recommend contacting World Nomads directly if you are struggling to find the right insurance product. From memory you need to select the Explorer option, not the Standard. Then you need to add a Sports & Activities premium. You can search for hiking and you will see they offer coverage up to 6,000m on known routes, like EBC. I believe Heli-vac in Nepal is included but there is an excess. Again, worth double checking with World Nomads. All the best!

Hello Mark, we are two married couples from Zimbabwe trekking to BC next April, your site is extremely helpful. Biggest problem we have is we can’t buy much here but will purchase clothing in Kathmandu. On hiking boots we know the quality of Salomon however I note with interest you recommend Hi-Tech and Karrimor both of which have one or two negative reviews on the web. What should we look for when selecting from these ranges.

Hi Ken, Thanks for getting in touch. Kathmandu has loads of gear shops, especially in Thamel so you should be able to find all the clothing you need. Quality is generally average to poor though. In terms of shoes, Karrimor and Hi-Tec are definitely budget brands so I’m not surprised that reviews aren’t great. If you are on a tight budget then the Hi-Tec Altitude or the Karrimor Mount aren’t bad. Otherwise, Salomon or Merrell is a much better bet! All the best!

I had a pair of expensive brand name backpacking boots (Solomon or Asolo, couldn’t remember which) and the sole fell off because they’re glued on instead of stitched on. So now I just use work boots with Goodyear welt.

Hello Mark,

I am planning a solo trek of Everest base camp in the beginning of July (it’s the only time I can do it). I know it’s crazy during the monsoon season. However, is it possible to make it happen?? And is Everest base camp one that can be trekked as a solo trekker?

Hi Eric, it is possible to trek during the monsoon season, but I wouldn’t recommend it. Views may be clouded over, expect lots of rain and landslide risk is higher. Many teahouse may also be closed for the season. I would recommend taking a guide, but you are able to hike solo if you want. All the best!

This list is great! Thanks for putting it together. Do you suggest any edits to the general list for an early Oct hike?

Hi Memo, thanks for getting in touch. The above list works perfectly across the year and is fine for October too!

Hi Mark, I’m doing the EBC trek in October. Do I need category 4 sunglasses? Or will category 3 be enough? Thanks Ross

Hi Ross, category 3 is fine. All the best!

Thanks Mark!

Mark, This is a great site, thank you for making everything so clear.

I am heading to Kathmandu in October to meet my son (he’ll head there from Malaysia, me from UK). We will want to trek to EBC. My question is, should we book a guide (and maybe a porter) when we get to Kathmandu or should we pre-book that before flying out? Also, how much do you recon we should budget for that ?

Hi Dave, it really depends on how comfortable / experienced you are at arranging things on the ground. Major operators cost a little more but take all the hassle out of having to arrange hotels pre and post the trip, flights to Lukla and of course your support crew (guides / porters). Organising on the ground is possible but quality varies and finding a reliable operator can be challenging. Going with an organised group and pre-booking will cost between $900-$1500 pp (including domestic flights, hotels, teahouse accommodation, guides / porters etc). If you are happy to arrange everything yourself (i.e. domestic flights, teahouse accommodation, hotels pre and post), then you can get a guide and porter for around $300-$400 pp.

Thanks Mark – we’re all sorted for our trip and your site and advice have been a tremendous help – do have any guidance on the tipping culture for the guides / porters. I am a bit English and, well, we have a reputation for getting that all wrong don’t we? Thanks again Dave

Hi David, tipping practices vary and there is no set procedure, but as a rule of thumb I would budget about 10% of the trek cost as tips. Around 60-70% for your guide and 40-30% split to porters (if you have any). Here is a bit more detail: https://ebctrekguide.com/everest-base-camp-trek-cost-financial-considerations

We are going to EBC and Gokyo afterwards starting Oct. 13th. With the Gokyo segment being towards the end of October, should we expect the weather to be very cold and the pass possibly closed due to weather and snow ? Richard

Hi Richard, the pass is generally open, but depending on snowfall can close in October and November. Unfortunatley there is no way to predict far in advance. I would just be aware that it is possible that the pass will be closed.

Thanks , Mark. Much appreciated !

Hi Mark! My husband is planning a trek to Everest Base Camp midth October. Is it a good period for trekking? What would the weather be? Thank you!

Hi Nathalie, yes, October is a good time to trek to EBC. Weather can be very variable week to week and at different altitudes, but generally October is dry and warm during the day (below 3000m) and then more frigid and cold above 3000m and at night and in the mornings. All the best!

Mark – when it comes to currency – do they prefer the Rupee or the Dollar on the trek ?

Hi Dave, you are best to bring some dollars for your on arrival visa and to have a little cash on you for the first day. I then recommend using a cash machine to draw local currency and use that on the trek and in Kathmandu.

Hi Mark thans for all the great info. I am from Costa Rica. We are planing to do the EBC next September. Is that a good time of the year to do it?

Hi Helga, September is a great time to trek to EBC. You might want to want till mid September to definitely be sure of missing the monsoon.

Hello. I will do the 12 days EBC this December. I read in the contract, that I have no porter. Will you advice me to have one ? Have a nice day Birgitte

Hi Birgitte, it really depends how comfortable you are carry a ~50L backpack. Hiring a porter is not expensive so you may want to get one just for the convenience. You might also want to check with your tour company if they use Yaks to transport your main bag.

Hi Birgitte,

How was your experience doing the EBC in December? How was the weather and conditions? Thanks

Hey Mark Your recommendations and information is priceless! My wife and I are trying to plan our EBC Trek. We are 53 and love trekking. I was wondering are there any tour groups that are age specific so we would be with a group somewhat in our age range?

Thanks Alex

Thanks Alex. Finding age specific groups can be challenging as most tour operators cater for a wide audience. Why don’t you try rope in some friends and create your own group.

Hi Mark. Me and my husband are planning to make the trekking at the end of January/beginning of February. That’s the only time we can go. Basically we have trekking experience in places like Alpes, Andes, etc and we never had a guide. I read in many posts people suggesting a guide. Is it so that the trail is not well marked or what is the main reason for this suggestion?

Another question is the condition of the trail in Jan/Feb. we don’t mind that it is cold, but of course we mind that it is so slippery because of snow that we cannot go to end. Do you have any comment about this?

Also do you have any bad experience that the flights at this time of the year are cancelled due to snow falling?

Hi Marcela, trekking independently on the standard EBC trail is not a bad idea if you are relatively experienced and have a good map. Way-finding is pretty easy. A guide though is always helpful, and can also help with arranging teahouse accomodation etc. It’s also a way to give back to the region. The trail in Jan / Feb is generally fine, especially if you don’t plan to go over any of the big passes (Cho La, Renjo etc.). If you are taking the classic trail (straight up and down the Khumbu Valley), then the route is pretty straightforward and won’t be impassable. Delayed flights into and out of Lukla airport are always a risk. I would plan a contingency day or two for bad weather. Hope this helps!

Hi Mark, we are doing the Base Camp Trek in December and would like to know what should we add on top of to the list in the article? more layers? do you know if the tea houses have heaters?

Hi Rocio, the packing list is sufficient for a December trek, although please make sure you get a good quality four season sleeping bag, quality outdoor winter jacket and warm gloves / beanie. Almost all teahouses have a yak burner in the common room, but all other parts of teahouse, including rooms are not heated (hence, a good sleeping bag is a must!).

We are heading to ebc by gokyo ri and cho la pass from jiri. We are planning to start around end of february/ beginning of march. Do you think gokyo ri and cho la pass will be open? Also, do you have any recommandation of shop to buy or rent a third layer?

Thank you very much for your help!

Hi Cedrik, Gokyo Ri and Cho La should be open around this time – as long as there isn’t a late massive snowfall in late Feb / early March. In terms of gear, there are loads of gear shops in the Thamel district of Kathmandu – just make sure you avoid bad ripoffs – these will fail on the trek.

The level of detail you have provided is priceless and really helpful! Do you have any recommendation for travel consultants if we want to stay at EBC overnight? Also, I saw one of the consultants offering trek to the camp II on Everest. Do we need to be prepared like the hike to summit if we want to trek to camp II? I don’t have much experience in mountaineering but Iam really keen on doing the camp II or atleast stay for a night at EBC based on your suggestions.

Thanks in advance Prashant

Hi Prashant, I recommend using our tour operator recommendation service. We will put you in touch with a trek operator who can arrange a night over in EBC: https://ebctrekguide.com/go . In terms of going to Camp 2 on Everest, I am not aware of any trek operators who offer this. In fact I’m pretty sure this is impossible without purchasing a climbing permit (cost: $12,000). The closest you can get to camp 2 is the EBC crampon point, just before you enter the Khumbu icefall. Any closer requires a climbing permit. All the best.

Thank you Mark for the details, and your suggestion about the travel consultant. I will get in touch with them for further proceedings.

Hi Mark. This is tremendous helpful information on EBC . Read up most of them. I needed to know about fitness levels before embarking on the trek and few reliable trek companies / guides i can approach for the EBC trek. Would also like to know the best months to do the EBC.

Thanks and regards , Aditi.

H Aditi, here is information on training: https://ebctrekguide.com/best-training-program-everest-base-camp-trek and in terms of best months check out this article: https://ebctrekguide.com/best-time-to-trek-to-everest-base-camp All the best!

Hi Mark: I’m surprised you didn’t mention water filter or water purifier, instead of just purification tablets. Any rationale for this ? Thanks.

Hi Linh, you can also use a water filter like Steripen. I recommend using it in conjunction with purification tablets.

I am sure it’s a question that has been asked 1000 times, but I’m currently short on time so apologise in advance!

The basic EBC hike – in YHO end April or end September??

Cheers Jacqui

End April as it coincides with the climbing season so the mountain, teahouses and trails are teaming with interesting folk.

The most simple and helpful list on the net for the trek to EBC. Very early stages of planning for March 2020. Trying to convince a few work mates to join me, we are all novices when it comes to trekking. One main question, what size duffel do you reccomend? im looking at the Patagonia Black Hole 60L or 90L. I do tend to over pack but will try my best not to on this trip with respect to the amazing porters 🙂

Hi Tim, I recommend you take a 90L duffel: https://www.amazon.com/TYTN-Duffel-Expeditions-Travel-Sport/dp/B07D77F96L/

Mark, thank you for the information on your site. I have a question regarding going independently in late September/October – is it hard to get accommodation on EBC and Gokyo treks if you do not have a guide? There will be 6 of us, including a couple of kids. Do we need to book teahouses in advance or can we just rock up and find some rooms. We are not particularly picky and would like to do it independently to have time/acclimatisation/weather flexibility. Also – are there many kids trekking there? And – how busy does it get Sept/Oct months – this is the prime time – how many people are we expecting to encounter on the trail? Thanks, Kasia

Hi Kasia, teahouse availability varies but as you have a large group I would recommend bring a porter or guide a long to help with securing rooms each day. A guide would also be helpful for way-finding, especially as you plan to do the Gokyo route. You will find the Gokyo section nice and quiet compared to the main EBC track. You won’t see many kids on the trail, I’ve hiked to EBC twice and have only ever seen a handful of kids. Hope this helps!

Hi Mark, If you need to use the toilet in the middle of a days trek, is it OK to just stop and take a pee there and then?

It is indeed!

Hi Mark, can you tell me if I’m being a fool planning to do the Everest Three Passes trek in January? I’m a 31 year old female with good hiking experience in the UK and very fit and active but never done high altitude stuff. I’ve read that the passes can be closed due to snow and altitude sickness will be more problematic due to cold. I’d like to give it a try and need to decide ASAP but I need some help.

Hi Madeleine, not at all. The three passes trek is a challenge, but as you sound fit and healthy I’m sure you will be fine. Just make sure to build in enough acclimatisation days to avoid altitude sickness. The passes in Nepal are super high (almost as high as Kilimanjaro) so you need to acclimatise properly, especially before going over the first pass. January does come with it’s own challenges though. Snow cover and cold are at or near its peak during this month so it is possible the passes will be closed. Make sure to go with an experienced guide and bring good quality / warm gear!

Great info. Thank you. Regarding tea houses. Should I be concerned about lice or sanitary conditions (plates, untensils)? Bring my own pillow?

Hi Keith, Lice is generally not a problem and sanitary conditions, although poor are also generally not a problem. I recommend using antibacterial gel to wash your hands before eating. You can also bring a pillow cover if you are concerned about bed bugs, but I have trekked extensively in the region and never had a problem. That being said, make sure to set your standards low.

I’m doing EBC November/beginning December will a 700 fill power down jacket be suitable?

Hi Sue, yip, that is fine.

Hi, thank you for your insights and articles. I’ve gone through most of it. As a first time hiker, I would like to know what things I should rent and what should I buy. Personal items such as Base layer of cloths, shoes etc I will buy but can I rent out remaining items? Can you also suggest personal items available to me in India. I’ll be taking this trip with my wife during last week of coming March. Thank you for your time and guidance. Vibhor

Hi Vibhor, you can rent many of the items you need in Kathmandu. I would make sure to have the main clothing items, hiking boots etc., but when it comes to sleeping bags, trekking poles, daypacks etc, these can be rented. Also Kathmandu, particularly Thamel, has loads of gear shops when you can buy cheap rip off gear if you are missing anything.

Thx for providing a very detailed and helpful list

I’m going on the EBC Sept 2020 , I’ve been advised to get a Canvas rucksack which im finding hard to find . I thought a Hiking rucksack would be better , what would you advise ? Thanks

Hi Steven, if you are using porters then I would go for a 90L duffel bag for your main gear / clothes and a standard a standard hiking daypack, like the Osprey Talon 30. If you will be carrying your own gear then a hiking backpack with a capacity of 60L is sufficient. I would recommend Osprey again. I would not take a canvas bag.

Oh wow! We’re also going in September – October 2020.

Is bringing food not necessary at all?

Yip, no need to bring food. Teahouses offer a wide variety of food and snacks. You may want to bring your favourite snacks or a spread (like peanut butter). All the best!

Hi Mark. Great article. Im doing Gokyo in late March. Is a sleeping bag essential or could I get away with thermals and a bag liner? Going solo to Gokyo so want to save on weight. Also is it possible to hire a guide for the Cho La pass in Gokyo? Thanks

Hi Le Blanc, yes, a sleeping bag is essential. It gets well below freezing a night in Gokyo and around the higher villages. Finding a guide in Gokyo to help you navigate the Cho La Pass should be straightforward, but I recommend searching for one earlier on the trail, perhaps in Machermo.

Thanks for your site! It is really helpful! I’m planning to do EBC on my own next April, no guides or porters, do you think it is ok? I’ve done ABC and Kilimanjaro before and I use to hike a lot. I am so keen to celebrate my birthday over there! Itbis my dream! Also I would like to know if it’s possible to sleep on the Base Camp itself for a night. It would be awesome! Thanks in advance for your time and all your work in here!

Hi Maria, yes, it is possible to hike independently to EBC. The trail is well marked and there are many villages along the route. Make sure to take a good map though. In terms of sleeping at EBC this is a little more tricky. The only way to arrange this is via a well connected trek company that can get you a night in the camp of one of the climbing expedition teams. It usually costs around $150 a night.

Thank you so much for your help!

Hello Mark, Thank you for your amazing information, absolute legend for putting all this out there. Just a few questions, Me and my girlfriend are going to be trekking alone in Mid april. I’m wondering if we will have any issues with finding accommodation along the way? is it known to ever be completely filled up? We are both ok to have very basic accommodation if its a last resort. Also whats your suggestion with booking the flight? Any suggestions on booking the return ticket as we may not arrive back to Lukla in time due to changes in schedule etc, does this usually make our return ticket to kathmandu expired if we arrive after our return day? or can we book our return when we get back to Lukla?

Sorry for lots of questions and thanks again, greatly appreciated:}

Hey Kieran, thanks for getting in touch! In terms of teahouses, one is usually able to find at least one with availability – most don’t take forward bookings, however, a lot of tour companies have existing relationships with teahouse and will pre-book or use a porter to run ahead each day to secure beds / rooms. If you take a porter then this is a possible way to secure a room every night. In terms of flights, it is possible to get onto a last minute flight from Lukla, but there are no guarantees. If you are super flexible you can always stay a night in Lukla waiting for a flight back. Hope this helps!

Hello My name is Luis Sagado, im from mexico city. Ive been looking to do the EBC trek tour in april 2020. Can you tell me how many days do I need as a back up for booking the international flight to and from katmandu to the US?, in your website you say that its better to take a number of extra days in case of delays. And secondly are credit cards accepted during the trek? It going to be my first time for this trip and im really excited about it. Thank you very much for your attention.

Hi Luis, yes I recommend having at least a day extra in KTM, as delays out of Lukla are relatively common. Credit cards are generally not accepted in the Everest region, so cash is best. There is a cash machine in Namche, but I recommend bringing cash from KTM.

Mark, this is the poster child for how web-sites like this should be organized. Quick Q. Can you bring a small backpacking stove to heat up your own water (to make coffee, etc)? Can you buy the propane canisters there?

Thanks Bill! Yes, you can bring a small backpacking stove but I’m not sure about propane canisters. There are many outdoor shops in Thamel, Kathmandu – I would assume some sell propane canisters, but I’m not certain. Most teahouse though have good facilities and can provide hot water.

Mark, Just brilliant. Great info. Question: How much cash do you recommend to carry during the entire hike KTM to KTM? Thanks arun

Hi Arun, thanks. It depends really. If you haven’t paid for your accomodation yet then I would recommend around $30-$40 a day (this will comfortably cover food and accomodation). All the best!

Hey Mark,Did you ever heard of anyone from Nova Scotia Canada trek Mount Everest Base Camp?

Hi Troy, around 30,000 people trek to EBC every year so I’m sure quite a few people from Nova Scotia have made the trip over the years.

Hey Mark I am thinking about going to Nepal on my travels and do the EBC trek. But because I will be traveling before and after for a long time, I only have one big backpack with me. Is it possible to leave it somewhere in Kathmandu or Lukla and rent a smaller bag for the trek? Is it also possible to rent other gear or can I only buy it? I have most of it at home but I don’t have enough space to take it all with me on the whole journey. Thanks for the answer!

Hi Fabia, yes, it is possible to rent lots of different types of gear in Kathmandu. Thamel is the best place to start. Also, most hotels provide secure storage for gear that you want to leave in Kathmandu. Cheers!

Hi Mark, This site is so helpful with loads of information. But as we are planning a trip in second half of May 2020 we have some queries. 1. We plan to take Lukla-Phakding-Namche (2nts)-Tengboche-Dingboche (2nts)-Dughla route. Can we trek on a single day from Dughla to Everest Base Camp and back to Gorak Shep? If yes, what is likely time taken and when should we start from Dughla? 2. What is the best trek to be done on the acclimatization day at Namche? A place having good views. 3. Whatis the best trek to be done on the acclimatization day at Dingboche? Is Chukhung a good place to trek to? 4. From Gorak Shep we intend to go to Kala Patthar top. What is best time to start to get best views / sunrise? 5. After getting on Kala Patthar top we intend to come back to Gorak Shep and then come down for night stay at Pheriche. We may stay a day at Pheriche on return. Any good place you suggest to trek from Pheriche on this day? I might have asked too many information. But it definitely help us plan. Look forward to your response.

Regards, Souvik

Thanks for getting in touch. Here are the answers to your questions:

1. Yes it is possible, but it makes this day quite a big one in terms of altitude and time trekking. To break it up you might want to stop overnight at Lobuche. If you push all the way through I would leave Dughla soon after daybreak and you should expect 8 hours trekking to get to EBC and back to Gorek Shep 2. For great views and an easy hike that gains some altitude I recommend going to the Everest view point hotel. It’s about an hours hike from Namche. 3. There are a few short walks you can do around Dinbgboche. Trekking to Chukhung is a decent hike (i.e. more than a few hours there and back). You get good views of Island Peak on this walk. 4. To get from Gorek Shep to the top of Kala Patthar I would give yourselves 1.5-2 hours. So a 05:00am or earlier start to catch sunrise. 5. There are a few nice strolls around Pheriche otherwise there is a good bakery there too!

All the best!

Thank you so much for your quick and detailed response. It is so helpful and providing more insight. I have another query regarding the return path from Kala Patthar. If we come down and stay overnight at Lobuche and then next day get up early and trek to Chola Lake and from there to Pheriche. How will it be? Is it worth visiting Chola Lake? Is there any short direct path from Chola Lake to Pheriche other than going back through Lobuche? Would appreciate your feedback. Regards,

Hi Souvik, I haven’t actually been to ChoLa Lake so I’m not sure if there is a direct path to Pheriche from the lake. It is worth checking with your guide or at a teahouse, and then you can adjust your plans accordingly. I would guess that there is a straightforward way to get from ChoLa Lake to Pheriche though.

Do I need to bring two hiking shoes?How much socks do I need to bring with me?

Hi Yolanda, no, one pair of hiking boots is fine. I would however bring a spare pair of camp shoes (i.e. trainers, uggs, comfortable shoes) that you can wear whilst in the teahouse. In terms of socks 3-5 pairs is sufficient as along as you are comfortable washing them. If you don’t want to do too much washing then 6-8 pairs.

What a fantastic informative website. ??

Hi Mark, your info is great. I have a couple questions around tipping the porters. Is there a standard amount and do they prefer american $ or local currency.

Hi Michael, Most operators will recommend a $15 tip per day per group for a guide and $8 tip per day per group for a porter. As a rough estimate you should pay about 10% of your tour price. Local currency is preferred but US dollars is usually fine too.

Hi Mark- great website! Helps loads! I just have a question regarding safety. I’m a 24 yr old woman hoping to trek on my own (within a company). Is Nepal a safe place for me to be travelling alone?

Hi Mary, in general, yes. If you decide to trek with a company I would suggest joining an open group. It’s cheaper and quite nice to have the company of other travellers. In Kathmandu I recommend staying in Thamel and not staying out late unless you are with other travellers. Hope this helps!

Hi, I am embarking on the EBC trek in April 2020 as part of an organised group. The information on this website is fantastic. Is there any way that I could obtain the packing list in an email format to print off to make it easier to go through?

Also, I am doing the trek for charity, and really would like to be able to compile a daily blog and update it to social media and my just giving page. Any advice regarding mobile phone usage, roaming and data usage and charges?

Hi Steve, thanks for getting in touch. I unfortunately don’t have the packing list in printable format. Hopefully I’ll get around to setting one up next year. In terms of internet access, this article is useful: https://ebctrekguide.com/internet-access-everest-base-camp-trek

Mark, thank you so much for this useful information. I’ve done Mt Kilimanjaro but for some reason EBC makes me nervous. I guess coming from South Africa I am stressing about the weather conditions. But I’ve started with training and look forward to this adventure in September next year!

Hi Nomfundo, if you have trek Kilimanjaro then you will be absolutely fine on the EBC trek. Like Kilimanjaro make sure that you take it slow and build in acclimatisation days. Hope you have a blast!

Great website. Only have late June until 12th August 2020 for EBC trek. How doable is it at this time? Also wish to complete with 14 year old and 2 seven year olds. Off my head? We will have loads of time for slow ascent and acclimatisation but what about weather? Can you recommend companies to organise? Thanks Susan

Hi Susan, June-August is slap bang in the middle of the monsoon season so not a great time to trek to EBC, albeit doable. It’s possible to do the trek with kids, although 7 year olds may find it a big ask! Some tour operators have age restrictions to, generally 12 or older. In terms of tour operators you can get connected here: https://ebctrekguide.com/go

THANK YOU SO MUCH ..REALLY HELPFUL.

Hi Mark. Congratulations on a great site with fantastic info!

What snacks do you recommend taking with you on the EBC trek? Is it easy to pick up Protein bars etc in Kathmandu? Thanks!

Hi Jamie, I recommend bringing protein bars with you as I don’t think they are the easiest thing to find in Kathmandu (although I have never tried, ha!). Snacks that don’t freeze are always good. Nuts, trail mix etc. Hope you have a blast!

Hi I am Heet,I was wondering that is June and suitable for EBC treck

Hi Heet, June is unfortunately not a great month for trekking as it falls in the monsoon season (June-August).

Hi Mark. I am planning a trip EBC for March of 2022. My concern is weight of bags for the small plane ride from KTM to Lukla. I will have a guide and porter. Seems like if i would bring all needed items, I will exceed weight limits. I believe I can bring 15 kg. Do you have any recommendations? Also your thoughts on taking on the EBC in March? Better to go in the beginning or mid March?

Hi Markus, the weight for the flight from Kathmandu to Lukla is 15kg per person. This should be enough weight if you aren’t carrying any very heavy items. To reduce baggage weight make sure to wear your boots and any heavy items. If you are over, then your guide or porter can take some of your weight – they usually have lots of spare weight capacity. As for hiking in March, this is a great month to go. If you go later in March you will see lots of climbers prepping for Everest.

Many thanks for the suggest list. I have trekked all over the world, and usually miss something. This is excellent and believe pretty complete. Thanks again. I will be partaking in an EBC trek, as part of a charity group challenge, called Gulf 4 Good, helping kids from being trafficked.

Thanks Derek!

I am going on the the trek in late April. The hiking shoes I wear are Hanwaag tashi, traddional leather (yak skin) boots. They are very comfortable but the soles are quite hard compared to the modern jogging type soles on most boots. This is fine on soft trails but I can feel the impact a bit on hard rock trails. How is the everest trail? Would a softer more impact absorbent sole be better?

Hi Paddy, Hanwaag Tashi boots sound awesome. The EBC trail is not soft or grassy under foot, most of the trail is rocky and hard. For this perspective a more cushioned sole would be better.

Hi mate, thanks for the comprehensive list – I would have definitely missed a few items. One question – the porter carries about 10kg per backpack per person. Your list seems too big to stay under that limit

No prob, glad it was useful. Porters can carry up to 15kg. You will also have a daypack where you carry some gear, water etc. Cheers!1

Hi Mark, fantastic website and incredibly informative!

I would love to do EBC next year and my available times to do it are 1 March – 21 March or at any point between 8 April – 30 April. Could you please advise during which time would be best and what to expect in terms of weather / temperature (and peak cold points)?

Also, I have a Montane Featherlite Down Jacket (750 fill) plus a separate waterproof. Will this be sufficient to stay warm (plus layers underneath) or should I look to purchase a warmer jacket?

Many thanks!

Hi Neil, thanks for the kind words. In terms of weather, both March and April have very similar conditions. Early March is a little colder than April as it’s the tail end of winter. The trail is a little quieter in March and starts to pick up in April as the Everest climbing season kicks off. If it was me I would go in April as the activity on the trail and in the teahouses is quite fun. As for your jacket, a 750 fill will be just fine. It gets cold at night and in the early mornings as you get above the tree-line (3,500m). All the best, I’m sure you will have a blast!

How long would you realistically expect to need to plan a trip like this? I've never done a long planned hike abroad before. Also concerns with booking around covid etc. However it looks like the best window to do it would be march/April time.

Also with all the equipment mentioned above what kind of weight would you estimate that to make the rucksack?

Hi Phil, EBC is usually done in 12 days (Lukla to Lukla). You can do it faster but the risk of altitude sickness increases the shorter you make the hike. Feb-May and Sept-Nov are the best seasons for the hike. Most hikers take a porter who carry up to 15kg. This would leave you with max 5kg in a daypack. If you plan to carry your own bag I would try keep weight below 12kg by removing unnecessary items and reducing the amount of clothing to cover just the basics.

Hello and good day! Are you able to recommend a good finger pulse oximeter? There's so many out there and it' a bit confusing. Your input and recommendation is appreciated. Thanks.

Hi Agnes, I recommend this one .

I have a group of 3 trekkers who are going to go to EBC at the end of September. We are all US citizens and want to know what forms are required to trek. I have heard alternating information about TIMS cards being required. I also read that park entrance permit and Khumbu valley permits can be bought on the trail. Can you help clarify these points?

Hi Drew, TIMs cards can be bought in Kathmandu or on the trailhead near Lukla.

Hello, Mark! For water purification, I have a Steri-pen as well as a Life-Straw water bottle. Would you recommend iodine tabs as well?

You should be fine with a steri-pen, but I like being extra careful so if it was me I would also add iodine.

Hi…. Mark. I will do the trekking next year (2023) late February. I read through all your post regarding what to prepare and bring and its very informative. I am a bit confuse here about the currency they use up in the mountains. You did mention that we have to change money into Nepali Ruppes but as i read through you also mention about the price of water which range from USD2 to USD 4. So which currency we will use the most while we are trekking?

Hi Shanti, USD are widely accepted but Nepali Ruppes are preferred.

Hi Mark, Really useful imformation thankyou. I am doing the EBC trek next year 23. How much money would you advise taking to cover meals, tips, souvenirs etc and how best take it, e.g. cash, credit card etc

Hi Adam, Budget $20-30 a day on the trail for food, tips etc. You can draw money in Thamel. All the best!

I'm thinking if June but I've been warned off is that correct. Also how common is altitude sickness as that's a real concern for ruining my trip.

Kind regards

Hi Scott, June-August is the wet season and not a great time to trek. Altitude sickness is unfortunately quite common. You can reduce the probability of altitude sickness by going slow and building in a few acclimatization days where you rest at a lower altitude before proceeding. EBC shouldn’t be done faster than 9 days up (11-12 days in total).

Hi Mark, Thanks for all the above. Woukd you recommend buying any gear when you get to Katmandu or have it all before you arrive?

Mainly a sleeping bag I am thinking and one or two more pieces of clothing .

Hi Eric, I’m a bigger fan of bringing key items like a sleeping bag with you, but there are 100s of gear shops in Thamel so you won’t have a problem finding gear to buy before the trek.

Hello! We are planning to make the trek with our two boys, aged 7 and 9. Any specific recommendations, aside from the above, specific to kids? Many thanks and your guide has been incredibly helpful!

Hi Mark, Your site has been super helpful and informative. We are attempting EBC with our two boys (7 and 9) in mid April. Any specific gear or general advice for trekking with kids (aside from giving enough time for acclimatization and of course following their lead)? Thanks again!

Hi Ali, that sounds amazing! I recommend bringing their favourite snacks / trail mix. Good luck!

How practical would a onesie sleeping bag be given that it could (in theory) be used during the day for the trek when it's cold enough? Some retailers claim they're waterproof; is this true?

I’m not familiar with onesie sleeping bags but I would say, it gets very cold at night in the higher teahouses, so make sure whatever you get it is very warm (4-season sleeping bag)

Awesome Website! I'm headed to EBC the first 2 weeks of May 2023. Is the Eddie Bauer CirrusLite, or similar, warm enough for then the higher altitudes?

Hi Todd, this jacket should do the trick. Just add base and secondary layers if you’re cold.

…oops, I meant May 2024

Get a quote from the best local trek operator in Nepal! 

Get my recommendations on the Best EBC trek operators

base camp adventure logo

Base Camp Adventure

base camp trek in march

  • [email protected]

Annapurna Base Camp Trek in March

base camp trek in march

One of the most popular, legendary and classic trek route to explore in Nepal in March is the Annapurna Base Camp Trek .

It offers everything that a trek to the land of Himalayas entails. Annapurna Base Camp trek in March offers a great chance to experience the perfect blend of diverse nature and cultural exploration.

In this magnificent trek, you can explore the diverse landscape, flora, and fauna along with the local ethnic villages.

You also get some of the best views of the surrounding mountains of the Annapurna region in March due to less humidity and stable weather.

Highlights of Annapurna Base Camp Trek in March

  • Clear and spectacular view of mountains peaks like Mt. Dhaulagiri (8167 m), Mt. Annapurna 1st (8091 m), Mt. Manaslu (8163 m), Mt. Nilgiri (7041m), Mt. Fishtail or Mt. Machhapuchhre (6998 m), Mt. Hiunchuli (6441 m), Mt. Lamjung Himal (6986 m) and other surrounding mountain peaks.
  • Pokhara: Annapurna Base Camp Trek starts and ends in Pokhara, the city of lakes. March is a beautiful, clear and dry month to enjoy the lakes and relax at the city.
  • A 360-degree Panoramic sunrise view amidst the mountain range from Poon Hill. You can see mountains like Dhaulagiri (8167 m), Annapurna (I) II, III, IV; Annapurna South (8091 m) and Gangapurna (7455 m). You can also see Lamjung Himal (6983 m), Nilgiri (7061 m), Tukuche Peak (6920 m), Hiunchuli (6441 m), and Manaslu (8156 m).
  • Diverse floras and faunas of the Annapurna region.
  • The hospitality of local ethnic people in the villages along the trails including the local Gurung and Magar.
  • Some of the most beautiful and blossoms of rhododendron, lush green bamboo, and alpine trees.
  • Moderate temperatures and low winds- the ideal weather conditions for trekking in Nepal
  • Peaceful routes and plenty of hotels to stay
  • Beautiful sunrise and sunset view
  • Longer days to walk freely without rushing for the final destination
  • A celebration of Holi and Ghode Jatra (festivals of Nepal)
  • Spectacular views of the glacier from Annapurna Base Camp
  • A warm bath in the natural hot springs
  • Aroma of different flowers along the trekking trail will keep you enchanted.
  • Kali Gandaki- the deepest Gorge
  • Full Name *
  • Contact Number
  • Your Message/Inquiry *

Weather Conditions and Temperature during ABC Trek in March

Annapurna Base Camp Trek Difficulty

March is when nature comes out of its winter slumber. The local flora and fauna come into life. You can enjoy the beautiful, spring aroma in the lower regions of the trek.

The actual trek on foot for Annapurna Base Camp trek begins at an altitude of around 1900 m. The highest point you reach on the trek is Annapurna Base Camp at 4130 meters. Hence, the temperature and weather conditions you experience on the trek can be diverse.

For the most part, the temperature in March is neither too hot nor too cold. The trekking trails are clean and dry with no snow.

March offers crystal clear views. The average daytime temperature at lower altitudes is around 10 degrees Celsius during sunshine.

As you go higher, the colder it becomes. From 4000 m, you can experience freezing cold temperatures in the evenings and early mornings. At this altitude, the daily temperatures are around -4 to -8 degree Celsius. The nights are colder.

In the lower region, you will walk through red, white, pink and yellow blooms of Rhododendrons and many wildflowers. You can also see the beauty of green terraced fields, quaint Gurung villages.

In March, you get an outstanding view of Mt. Annapurna (8091m), the 10th highest mountain in the world from the base camp (4130m). You also get clear, panoramic views of Mt. Machhapuchhre (6997m), Glacier Dome, Gangapurna (7454m), the unclimbed Fang (7647m) and many more.

During early March, you may get some light snowfall. This won’t affect the views as much rather it will add beauty to your Annapurna Base Camp trek in March.

Trek Difficulty of Annapurna Base Camp Trek in March

Annapurna Base Camp trek is a moderate trek suitable for almost anyone. You don’t need an advanced physical fitness level nor any previous trekking experiences to do this trek.

Anyone who can walk 5-7 hours for the duration of the trek while carrying a light day pack can do this trek.

In March, the trails are dry with a sweet aroma of the local flowers. The trekking trails to the Annapurna Base Camp Trek are more-or-less flatlands. It does consist of ups and down but it mainly consists of crossing silvery brooks and vast woodlands.

You can enjoy the trek in dry, warm and stable weather in the Annapurna region.

The highest elevation of this trek is at 4130 meters at Annapurna Base Camp. You will not spend many days at this altitude. Hence, chances of Altitude sickness is much less than some other high altitude trek.

If you walk slowly, maintain good hydration level, stick to your acclimatization schedules, then you can do this trek with ease and comfort.

If you are new to trekking or physical fitness, then training for ABC for some weeks before the trip is a good idea. This enhances your strength and stability. It is also a good morale booster.

Past hiking experience is not a must yet, can be beneficial for this trek.

Do consult with your doctor before taking on this trek. This way, you can take any precautions and safety measures needed for the trek.

Individuals with pre-existing medical conditions should inform your guide or trekking partner. This way, they can take the necessary steps if needed.

Route/Itinerary

Accommodation

Accommodation during ABC Trek in March

March is one of the busiest months for treks in the Annapurna region. With beautiful weather and fabulous natural beauty, all the lodges, tea houses on the trails are open. You will not find much difficulty in getting your choice of rooms.

You will trek from one tea house to the next as you continue your trek. However, due to the popularity of trails, there are also options of homestays and lodges along the way.

The tea houses along the ABC trek are very comfortable, clean and great places to relax. You get the feeling of a home-stay in most of them.

During March, you are bound to meet other trekkers and enjoy a little warmth from the stove while you eat or chat in the evening before sleeping.

In March, you can get single rooms with ease in Kathmandu, Pokhara and the lower regions of the trek. As you trek higher, the choices will become less.

Meals and Drinks during ABC Trek in March

During the ABC trek, the locals do expect you to eat where you stay. This is true for most tea houses along the trails. More luxurious lodges may not have this expectation.

Most tea houses earn from meals and drinks they serve rather than from lodging. Hence, you will find rooms for rates as low as US$2 a night.

The tea-houses offer you a place to stay and enjoy the dinner. They will serve you anything from the lodge menu. The choices in your menu also decrease with the increase in altitude.

Being one of the popular trails, the food options are wider than some less popular trails.

For meals, you have options that include Nepali cuisine as well as some more common international dishes.

Some common dishes are eggs ( prepared the way you like it), chapati (a bread prepared in a local way), cereals with milk, and sandwiches. It also includes dishes like fried potatoes, noodles, macaroni, pudding.

The local dishes include the popular Dal-Bhat-Tarkari, Thukpa, momo, packet noodles.

For drinks, you can have tea, coffee, plain warm water, bottled water, flavored hot and cold drinks, and soft drinks.

These tea houses also sell local as well as branded alcohols. If you intend to drink, do so on the journey back. (alcohol does increase the risk of AMS).

meals

Festivals in March

Festivals are a great way to get a glimpse into the local culture. During March, you can witness two different festivals in Nepal.

Holi : It is the festival of color to welcome spring. It is mostly celebrated by Hindus with colors and water. The lower regions of the Annapurna Base Camp trek do enjoy the festival.

Ghode Jatra : This festival mainly in the capital city and surrounding areas. The celebrations do differ from area to area. If you are in the capital during this day for your trek, be sure to enjoy the festival.

Extra Tips during ABC Trek in March

  • If you order Nepali meal set of Dal Bhat Tarkari, you can take seconds and thirds for free, except for meat items. Eat as much as you like.
  • Carry enough cash to last you for the duration of the trek. The ATMs on the trails are not reliable. Most tea houses and cafes don’t accept card payments.
  • Set aside some money for entry fees for monasteries, museums along the way.
  • The weather is unpredictable in the high altitude areas. Bad weather can hit the Annapurna region even in March. So, add some contingency days as you might need an extra day for acclimatizing, bad weather or to explore one more place.
  • Packing the right essentials for your Trek in March is important. It can make your trek more comfortable and easy. Most of the trekking essentials are available for buying and renting in Kathmandu and Pokhara.
  • Take proper precautions against AMS/altitude sickness.
  • Spring is a busy season at Annapurna region. The trekking trails, tea house or lodges may have lots of trekkers. So, meals may take a little longer to cook. Order and book early so you get what you prefer.
  • Early mornings, nights at high altitudes are cold. Make sure to pack some warm clothes and other accessories for the trek.
  • Maintain your own pace during the trek. Do not rush.
  • Always hydrate yourself properly. This helps to keep high altitude illnesses at bay and also improves your comfort level.
  • Take some extra snacks with you. These can include energy bars, chocolates, and other instant energy providing foods. These are great for instant energy and boosting morale.
  • In case you see any symptoms of Altitude Sickness, do not hesitate to notify your guide or a partner. Stop your ascent and descend down to a lower altitude.
  • Always ask before clicking someone’s picture. Maintain the regular code of conduct for photography.
  • For beginners and novice trekkers, standard itineraries are preferable for high altitude treks such as this. For professional and seasonal trekkers, you can try the short itineraries if you desire.

Are Hot Shower Facilities Available on the Trek?

There are hot shower facilities available for the duration of the trek. For the lower regions, it is free. On the higher trails, you may have to pay for this facility.

Do I need Special Permits for March?

The Annapurna Base Camp trek doesn’t need any extra permits to do the trek in March. You only need two regular permits.

TIMS (Trekkers Information Management System)

ANCAP (Annapurna Conservation Area entry Permit).

March with its perfect weather and temperatures is the perfect time for treks in Nepal.

Annapurna Base Camp in March offers heavenly views of the majestic Himalayas in Nepal. You can view the forests and flora of the Annapurna Base Camp in all its beauty and aroma.

Annapurna Base Camp trek is a comfortable and relatively easy trek of Nepal suitable for people of all ages.

If you have any further questions or queries regarding this trek, feel free to contact us . You can also customize your trip as per your convenience.

  • 4+3=? * Solve above and submit button will appear!!!

You may also like...

5 Days Treks in Nepal

5 Days Treks in Nepal

Manaslu Trek 12 - Days

Manaslu Trek – 12 Days

Annapurna Base Camp Trek

Annapurna Base Camp Trek Packing List

Download GPX file for this article

Everest Base Camp Trek

base camp trek in march

  • 1.1 Hiring guides/porters
  • 3.1 Mount Everest
  • 5 Sleep and buy
  • 6 Stay safe
  • 7 Stay healthy

<a href=\"https://tools.wmflabs.org/wikivoyage/w/poi2gpx.php?print=gpx&amp;lang=en&amp;name=Everest_Base_Camp_Trek\" title=\"Download GPX file for this article\" data-parsoid=\"{}\"><img alt=\"Download GPX file for this article\" resource=\"./File:GPX_Document_rev3-20x20.png\" src=\"//upload.wikimedia.org/wikipedia/commons/f/f7/GPX_Document_rev3-20x20.png\" decoding=\"async\" data-file-width=\"20\" data-file-height=\"20\" data-file-type=\"bitmap\" height=\"20\" width=\"20\" class=\"mw-file-element\" data-parsoid='{\"a\":{\"resource\":\"./File:GPX_Document_rev3-20x20.png\",\"height\":\"20\",\"width\":\"20\"},\"sa\":{\"resource\":\"File:GPX Document rev3-20x20.png\"}}'/></a></span>"}'/>

base camp trek in march

Everest Base Camp Trek is a famous challenging trek in Khumbu , Nepal .

For information on preparing for this trek, including when to go, what to bring, what permits are required, and safety precautions including altitude sickness, and water contamination, see Trekking in Nepal .

Famous for its spectacular mountain peaks and the loyalty and friendliness of its inhabitants (the Sherpas), the Everest region (Khumbu) is one of the most popular destinations for tourists in Nepal. While many of the routes through the mountains are arduous, there are ample places to rest and enjoy a meal along the way. Furthermore, don't worry about getting lost. Just ask a local the way to the next village on your route, and they will direct you. Most Sherpas under the age of 50 can at least understand basic English, and many speak it fluently.

While trekking is possible in this area the whole year round, the best times to visit are from the beginning of March to mid May and from the beginning of September to mid November. The winters are very cold and snow may make it difficult to travel higher than Tengboche , and also lodges may be closed above this altitude. Summers, on the other hand, are wet, and the spectacular peaks are often lost in the clouds. April and early May is a good time to see the hedgerows and trees bursting into bloom, with rhododendrons, in particular, adding a spectacular splash of colour to the landscape. However, dust from the plains of India during the spring routinely provide less than ideal conditions for clear mountain views. The views are much better after the summer monsoons have cleared the atmosphere of dust, but the days are shorter and cooler.

Hiring guides/porters

base camp trek in march

Do you need a guide and porter for the journey? If you are strong, then a porter is not required, although hiring one does provide welcome income for poor families and gives you more flexibility. If you do hire a porter, keep your valuables with you. The vast majority of porters are honest, but it only takes one who is not to ruin a holiday. Expect to pay around Rs. 2,500-4,500 a day (more if your load is very heavy) for a porter's services, and as far as Namche Bazaar you are not expected to pay for their accommodation and meals. However, due to the high price of food and lack of provisions for porters above Namche, meals should be provided. (Namche has a cheap and clean lodge specially for porters). Anyway, ensure that your terms are clear at the time of hiring to avoid trouble later.

Guides are definitely not necessary if you are travelling no higher that Tengboche or Pangboche . Above that, you might consider hiring one. Not only can they guide you on the right path and explain local sights, but they can also be invaluable should you fall ill. Guides speak English (and often other languages: specify your choice when hiring) and need an official licence to operate. They command a much higher rate than porters (negotiate), and carrying your bags is not part of their service. Like porters, they will find their own accommodation and meals unless you invite them.

In general, guides are local Sherpas or Tamangs, while porters are Rai or belong to ethnic groups from other areas.

Guides and porters can be hired for a fee through trekking operators in Kathmandu or you can inquire at lodges in Lukla or Namche. At Lukla airport, there are always hopeful porters milling around the exit, but it is better to use a lodge owner as an intermediary. They can help you negotiate a good deal and translate your specific needs. Eco Paradise in Lukla or Namche Hotel in Namche are convenient and good places to do this.

Fly to Lukla Airport ( LUA   IATA ) from Kathmandu . There are several airlines operating dozens of flights every day. Tara Air is generally considered the most reliable. Sita Air also operates two flights every morning from Kathmandu to Lukla at 07:00 and 08:20. The flight takes around 25 minutes. During the summer rainy season, there may be substantial delays, even a wait of a week is not unheard of. For the return journey, the flights leave Lukla at 07:40 and 09:00. Helicopter charter service is also available on demand and is mostly used for rescue operations. Be aware that airline safety regulations in Nepal are poor, and as a result the country has more than its fair share of plane crashes.

Alternatives are to fly to Phaplu airport, 2–3 trekking days south of Lukla , or to walk in from Jiri , which is 5–7 trekking days west of Lukla. These alternatives take more time and therefore are less popular, but are very peaceful and pleasant, and safer than flying into Lukla.

Just after the village of Monju , there is check point for entering the Sagarmatha National Park . You will need to show your passport and pay a Rs. 3,000 entry fee.

Map

Khumbu is an area for trekking. The trek can be as short as a two day walk from Lukla to Namche Bazaar or an eight to ten day trip to Everest Base Camp. Irrespective of the length of the journey, as there are no roads in the area, it will definitely involve putting on hiking boots and walking the mountain paths. Below is an itinerary from Lukla Airport to Everest Base Camp and all points in between.

Day two – 27.772222 86.722778 2 Monju to Namche : After passing through the Sagarmatha Park entrance (3,390 Rs for foreigners), the trail passes through the village of Jorsale and then along the river. You will cross two bridges before beginning the steep ascent to Namche , which can take up to three hours to complete. Be aware that there are no tea houses or lodges on this path, so ensure that you have ample water to get you to the top. In addition, you are now heading into a high altitude area, so take it easy. Even the fittest people are prone to altitude sickness . Monju to Namche 3 miles and 3 to 4 hours, almost all uphill.

base camp trek in march

Days three and four – 27.804444 86.71 3 Namche Bazaar (3,440   m): It is recommended to take an altitude acclimatisation rest day in Namche . Although no more than a village, the Sherpa capital has two museums, several internet cafes, and, at last count, two pizza parlours and three cafes (locally known as bakeries), so there is much to keep you occupied during your stay here. Namche also has two official money changers, so it is a good place to stock up on local currency for the days ahead. (Lodges and restaurants in Khumbu only accept Nepali rupees.) There is also a reasonable selection of English books, though the prices are higher than in Kathmandu .

base camp trek in march

During your acclimatisation rest day , you might like to visit neighbouring villages. 27.82386 86.71745 1 Khumjung (3790m) is over the hill directly behind Namche , and takes 1½-2 hours to reach. There are several sights in the village (See listings below) and a few lodges and cafes. Khunde is a short walk from Khumjung . Getting there: Take the Tengboche trail, then at the top of the hill above Namche , near the huge mani stone and just past the bank, head straight up the mountain; the wider path to the right goes to Tengboche . After a steep climb, you will arrive at an airstrip. Cross this and rejoin the path at the other side. After a short distance you'll pass a stupa. From there, take the paved path down the hill. Soon you will see the playground and school buildings of Khumjung Hillary School. 27.83 86.65 2 Thame (3750m) is a more traditional village that is about a 2 1/2- to 3-hour walk from Namche . Getting there: Leave Namche on the path that passes the ochre coloured Namche Monastery (Namche Gompa). From here, it is a relatively flat walk that takes in some very pleasant scenery. The first hamlet on the route is 'Phurte,' identified by the forest nursery, and then 'Tesho.' The water that runs through 'Tesho' comes directly from 'Mount Khumbi Yui Lha', the most sacred mountain to the Sherpas, so there are several retreat huts built into the niches. Thame is the next village on the trail, and a good place to take lunch. Thame has a few lodges and is home to one of Khumbu's oldest monasteries. This trail is also the traditional route to Tibet, so don't be surprised to encounter caravans of yaks led by long-haired Tibetan merchants on your walk.

base camp trek in march

Day five – Namche to 27.836 86.763944 4 Tengboche (3,870   m/12,696   ft): After a short but steep climb out of Namche Bazaar, then walk on a fairly level trail to the villages of Kenjuma and Sanasa . Here there are extensive displays of souvenirs to tempt you and food and drinks. The Ama Dablam Lodge in Kanjuma has some good food and the sitting area out front offers uninhibited views of Ama Dablam. In addition, the lodge reputedly has the best selection of jewellery for sale in Khumbu, so if you don't plan to return this way, pick out a few light souvenirs; they will forever remind you of this sun-blessed place and the sparkling snow capped peak of Ama Dablam. After a short while, the trail descends to the level of the Dudh Koshi River, and you will pass a few hamlets and cross several bridges. Then at the hamlet of Phunki Thanga (marked by its water driven prayer wheels), the trail ascends steeply. There are no tea houses or lodges on this stretch, so take some refreshment in Phunki Thanga and stock up on water for the one and a half to two hour climb to Tengboche . Take it easy going up here. The air is thinner than you are aware! You want to avoid mountain sickness.

Day six : For those heading for Everest , the trail passes through the villages of Deboche (here, there is a small nunnery on the left – definitely worth a visit), 27.856389 86.789722 5 Pangboche ( 3,860   m (12,660   ft) ), 27.8919 86.8297 6 Dingboche and finally 27.893561 86.819876 7 Periche ( 4,240   m (13,910   ft) ). All these villages offer food and lodgings. Pangboche (especially Upper-Pangboche, where the local monastery is located) is, however, probably the most pleasant as it is surrounded by trees. So, if you decide to take the journey slowly, this is the best place to rest and relax. For those heading for Island Peak Trek and/or the Lhotse Glacier , your final destination will be Chukhung . As this is further than Periche , you will definitely need to stop the night in Pangboche or Dingboche .

Day seven : In Periche , you will need to take a day to acclimatise to the high altitude. Take short, slow walks around the village, marvel at the peaks and dig out the book you bought in Namche , but whatever you do, don't push it at this point. If you begin to feel unwell, inform your guide or lodge owner and return as quickly as possible to a lower altitude. The experts say hike high sleep low. So some Nepal experts recommend that if you are feeling well, to hike each day to a higher elevation than you will sleep.

Alternate return trip : From Lobuche, the trail via the pass 27.961725 86.751637 12 Cho La (5,370   m) to the wonderful 27.954088 86.694588 13 Gokyo valley with its glacier lakes and fine views offers some stunning scenery and is not as crowded as that to Everest .

Mount Everest

Mount Everest is the highest mountain in the world. Its height is 8,848   m (29,028   ft). Its alternate names are Qomolangma, Sagarmatha, and Chomolungma. Mount Everest lies on the border of Nepal and China, with about half of the mountain lying on each side of the border. Sir Edmund Hillary and Tenzing Norgay first climbed it in 1953, with Hillary taking the famous photograph of Tenzing Norgay on the summit.

There are several bodies still lying on the upper portions of the mountain above the South Col on the Nepal side and the North East ridge on the Tibetan side. The Governments of Nepal and China requires all prospective climbers to purchase a permit. The fees depend on the route and season of the climb. A standard Nepali permit is $USD 50,000 for 7 climbers. There are also additional bonds to ensure refuse is removed from the mountain.

There are two main routes, Southeast and Northeast, for climbing Mt. Everest. Southeast is the most frequently-used route because it is generally considered safer and has easier access.

The ascent via the southeast ridge begins with a trek to Base Camp at 5,380   m (17,600   ft) on the south side of Everest in Nepal. Expedition members usually fly into Lukla (2,860   m) from Kathmandu and pass through Namche Bazaar. Climbers then hike to Base Camp, which usually takes six to eight days, allowing for proper altitude acclimatisation in order to prevent altitude sickness. Climbing equipment and supplies are carried by yaks, dzopkyos (yak hybrids) and human porters to Base Camp on the Khumbu Glacier.

When Hillary and Tenzing climbed Everest in 1953, they started from Kathmandu Valley, as there were no roads further east at that time.

Everest base Camp

At Everest Base Camp, climbers will often spend 4 - 8 weeks, acclimatising to the altitude. During that time, the "Icefall Doctors" will set up ropes and ladders in the notoriously unstable Khumbu Icefall. Seracs, crevasses and shifting blocks of ice make the icefall one of the most dangerous sections of the route. Many climbers and Sherpas have been killed in this section. To reduce the risk, climbers will usually begin their ascent well before sunrise when the freezing temperatures glue ice blocks in place. Above the icefall is Camp I at 6,065   m (19,900   ft) Camp 1 is mostly a temporary camp with most climbers just spending one night at this camp.

Base Camp II, Advanced Base Camp (ABC) is established at 6,400   m (21,300   ft). The Western Cwm is a relatively flat, gently rising glacial valley, marked by huge lateral crevasses in the centre which prevent direct access to the upper reaches of the Cwm. Climbers are forced to cross on the far right near the base of Nuptse to a small passageway known as the "Nuptse corner". The Western Cwm as the topography of the area generally cuts off wind from the climbing route. The high altitude and a clear, windless day can make the Western Cwm unbearably hot for climbers.

From ABC, climbers ascend the Lhotse face on set ropes up to Camp III, situated on small ledges at approximately 7,200 m to 7,400 m. From there, it is another 500 metres to Camp IV on the South Col at 7,920   m (26,000   ft). From Camp III to Camp IV, mountaineers are faced with two additional obstacles: The “Geneva Spur” and The “Yellow Band”. The Geneva Spur is an anvil shaped rib of black rock named by a 1952 Swiss expedition. Fixed ropes help climbers in scrambling over this snow covered rock band. The Yellow Band is a section of sedimentary sandstone. The route from the base of the Lhotse face to the Summit is almost always completely fixed with static line.

On the South Col, climbers are very close to 8,000   m and can only spend limited time at those altitudes even with supplemental oxygen. Climbers typically only have a maximum of two or three days they can tolerate at this altitude for making peak bids. Clear weather and low winds are important factors when deciding on a summit attempt. If weather does not cooperate within these short few days, climbers are forced to move down, many all the way back to Base Camp.

From Camp IV, mountaineers will start their summit push from 20:00 to 02:00 with the hope of reaching the summit (still another 1,000   m above) within 10 to 12 hours. Climbers will first reach "The Balcony" at 8,400   m (27,700   ft), a small platform where they can rest and gaze at peaks to the south and east in the early dawn light. Continuing up the ridge, climbers are then faced with a series of impressive rock steps which usually forces them to the east into waist deep snow. At 8,750   m (28,700   ft), a small table-sized area of ice and snow marks the South Summit (Peak).

From the South Peak, climbers ascend the knife-edge southeast ridge, known as the "Cornice traverse" where snow covers irregular rock. This is the most exposed part of the climb, as a misstep to the left would send one 2,400   m (8,000   ft) down the southwest face, while to the immediate right is the 3,050   m (10,000   ft) Kangshung face. At the end of this traverse is an imposing 12 m (40 ft) rock wall called the "Hillary Step" at 8,760   m (28,750   ft).

Tenzing and Hillary were the first mountaineers to rise to this step and they did it with early ice climbing equipment and without fixed ropes. Now, climbers will ascend this step using fixed ropes previously set up by Sherpas. Once above the step, it is a comparatively easy climb to the top on fairly angled snow slopes although the exposure on the ridge is extreme especially while traversing very large cornices of snow. After the Hillary Step climbers also must traverse a very loose and rocky section that has a very large entanglement of fixed ropes that can be troublesome in bad weather. Climbers will typically spend less than a half-hour on "top of the world" as they realise the need to descend to Camp IV before darkness sets in, afternoon weather becomes a serious problem, or supplemental oxygen tanks run out.

Major currencies (AUD, EUR, GBP & USD) are accepted to obtain a visa. There are ATMs in both Kathmandu and Pokhara and credit cards are accepted in limited shops and many restaurants in Kathmandu and Pokhra. Outside the cities, credit and debit cards are difficult to use owing to the lack of card-reading machines. It is recommended to convert currency to Nepali rupees (Rs.) in Kathmandu or before, as it is accepted everywhere in Nepal.

Sleep and buy

Lodges and restaurants in Khumbu only accept Nepalese rupees. Budget Rs. 3500-4500 per person per day for food and accommodation: prices rise with the altitude, and you may spend more in Namche because there is more on offer.

Prices are as follows:

  • Lodges, basic room Rs. 700-1200
  • Water Rs. 250-450
  • Coke Rs. 150-400
  • Meals Rs. 700-1500
  • Hot Shower Rs. 400-800
  • Candy Rs. 120-280
  • Battery Charging Rs. 100-300 per hour.

base camp trek in march

Khumbu is a very safe region and violent crime is almost unheard of. However, due to the number of people flowing through the area on treks, it is advisable to always keep your valuables in sight.

Altitude sickness affects even young and healthy people and is a genuine problem in Khumbu. If you feel dizzy, suffer palpitations or severe headaches, return immediately to lower altitude . Do not take altitude sickness lightly. It can and does kill!

Yaks may be photogenic, but they are aggressive and unpredictable. Always stand on the upper slope (i.e., above the path, away from the drop-off) to let yaks pass. Every Sherpa has a tale about Westerners who have stood on the lower side of a trail to let a herd of yaks pass and been killed after being pushed off.

Oxygen bottle thefts have been reported on the mountain; bottles are stolen for use or for resale at the base camp.

There is an emergency rescue centre based in Namgyal’s lodge in the village of Machhermo in the Gokyo Valley manned by two volunteer doctors. Note: This is purely an emergency rescue centre, and the doctors will not treat common ailments.

You should also be careful about the scam involving helicopter evacuation for people suffering from altitude sickness. The opportunist trekking operators will either inflate the cost of heli evacuation by charging single-trip prices for a full helicopter or persuade the trekkers to take pre-arranged helicopter by misinforming that they've already guaranteed payments with insurers.

Stay healthy

base camp trek in march

Clinics are a sparse resource in Khumbu. However, should you require medical attention there are two possibilities:

Contemporary medicine - Kunde Clinic, in Kunde Village (above Namche) has Western trained doctors and is a surprisingly well equipped facility; they even have a decompression chamber for those suffering with severe altitude sickness. On your return journey, you might like to donate your unused medicines, although ensure that they are clearly labelled in English as even the most valuable medicine is useless if there are no instructions on its use.

The Himalayan Rescue Association operates a clinic staffed by western physicians in Pheriche. They give a daily lecture on taking care of your health in the Khumbu region, and, for Rs. 100, check your blood oxygen content and pulse rate. This is a good place to stop at even if you are not experiencing any health problems. Sales of t-shirts, scarfs and hats go towards operating the clinic.

Traditional Tibetan medicine - the Healing Centre [ dead link ] in Namche offers treatments using natural formulas. It is next to the Camp de Base hotel, but entered from the path in front of the library. The clinic provides free treatment for porters and others on low income. In order to continue this service, donations are greatly appreciated.

Along the trail are small medical stations. These stations generally have very rudimentary facilities and can only realistically offer treatment for very minor ailments, such as cuts and bruises and (non-altitude sickness related) headaches etc.

Namche also has a dental clinic , on the right side slope of the village when looking up.

Don't drink the water no matter how pristine it appears. Use iodine tablets as a purifier or purchase boiled water. Exceptions: Namche and Phortse have clean water supplies that the locals drink directly from the tap. However, this may not be a good idea for outsiders lacking immunity to local bacteria, but it may be OK for brushing teeth.

There are no telephone lines or mailing addresses in the Everest region.

Namche has a post office , but there are mixed reports of letters reaching their destinations. Postage stamps are also available in local shops.

International phone calls can be made in Namche and many of the other villages in the region, however this is very expensive compared to Kathmandu . The cheapest place is the one-phone government telephone office, on the second floor of the nondescript wooden building behind Hotel Buddha, identified with an official yellow sign in Nepalese with a faded paper sign in English stuck on to it. Expect a lengthy queue on Saturdays, which is market day.

LTE service is available at the summit through China Mobile, but mobile phone service elsewhere in the region is uncertain at best.

Namche also has several Internet cafes. A good one is Namche Cyber Cafe next to Everest Bakery. They also have Wi-Fi. Rs. 100 Rs per half hour, Rs. 200 an hour.

Tengboche has an Internet cafe, its Rs. 20 per min.

Dingboche has an Internet cafe called Peak 38th with fast satellite Internet laptops at Rs. 20 per min.

Gorak Shep Internet cafe is Rs. 25 per min, and is very slow.

  • Trekking in Nepal

base camp trek in march

  • Articles without Wikipedia links (via Wikidata)
  • Has custom banner
  • Has mapframe
  • Has map markers
  • Marker with Wikivoyage article but no wikilink
  • Has warning box
  • Articles with dead external links
  • Usable itineraries
  • Usable articles
  • South Asia itineraries
  • Itineraries
  • Pages using the Kartographer extension

Navigation menu

NOMADasaurus Logo

Peak Lenin Base Camp Trek – Kyrgyzstan Hiking Guide [2024]

Picture of Joan Townsend Torres

  • Last Updated: February 5, 2024

A firsthand experience at what it is like to climb and hike to Peak Lenin base camp, one of the highest mountains in Kyrgyzstan

Peak Lenin Base Camp Hike

We had left Sary Moghul behind and had been walking for more than two hours along the Alay Valley, a massive, isolated plain, which marks the beginning of the Pamir Range, hence Tajikistan.

The green pastures with beautiful Kyrgyz horses grazing on them were quickly replaced by an arid, extremely flat valley, whose very end was striking views of the whole Pamir range.

The closer we got to the mountains, the greener the arid land became and, very soon, we were suddenly surrounded by green, rolling hills, in which we could spot several nomadic yurts between them.

It was such a long way but, thanks to the warm greetings from the Kyrgyz nomads and the kumis they offered us to drink, it was totally worth it.

As we kept advancing, we reached Tulpar Lake, a dreamy alpine lake from which you see epic views of the snow-capped mountains and their reflection on the water.

We couldn’t find a better place where to camp before continuing our way to the advanced base camp.

Welcome to Lenin Peak.

Tulpar Lake Kyrgyzstan

Table of Contents

Lenin Peak Base Camp – Trek Overview

When to visit lenin peak base camp, altitude and acclimatisation, how many days are needed, how to get a permit to climb peak lenin, how to get to the base camp, where to stay, do you need a guide, trekking to lenin peak base camp.

Before traveling to Central Asia, I didn’t really know about the region’s geography. I had heard of the Pamir Highway and the mountain ranges in Tajikistan but I didn’t know about any specific peak.

However, Lenin Peak had been on my thoughts for years and was, definitely, something I didn’t want to miss when I went backpacking in Kyrgyzstan.

Lenin Peak is an imposing 7,134-meter peak shared between Kyrgyzstan and Tajikistan. It is the second-highest in the Pamir range and third in the former Soviet Union, after Jengish Chokusu (7,439 meters), located on the Chinese-Kyrgyz border, and Ismoil Somoni Peak (7,495 meters), located in the Tajik Pamirs.

You probably wonder why I knew about Lenin and not the other peaks. Well, the Lenin Peak is the easiest 7,000-meter summit to climb in the world, as it doesn’t really require any hard mountaineering experience but you can reach it by foot.

Road To Peak Lenin

Nevertheless, this doesn’t mean that you can climb it with your backpacking trekking shoes and gear. The altitude is a real issue and only well-prepared people can reach the top.

Basically, it is a mountain for amateur professional climbers.

However, the base camp can be easily reached by absolutely anyone and, if you are in good shape, you can even get to the advanced camp.

Summit Trail Peak Lenin

Lenin Peak is located in the south of the country, pretty much on the way to the Chinese – Kyrgyz border at Irkeshtam Pass and Kyzylart Pass in Tajikistan.

It is far away from most touristic places so, normally, the only people who visit it are overlanders travelling to Tajikistan, people who have plenty of time to spend in Kyrgyzstan, or mountaineers.

Moreover, most travellers just make it to Tulpar Lake, as anyone who goes beyond it requires a special permit. The base camp is just 1 or 2 hours walking from the lake and the advanced base camp is 6 or 7 hours after that.

Tulpar Lake Kyrgyzstan Sitting

Tulpar Lake is an awesome spot but the views of the peak are not as amazing as from the base camp itself. In the same way, most travelers who make it to the base camp don’t make it to the advanced one, which is a huge mistake, as there you will experience the real wild Pamirs.

Massive glaciers, contrasting colours and striking scenery, makes me believe that going to the advanced base camp was one of the best trekking experiences I’ve ever had.

On the way to the advanced base camp, we didn’t see any travellers but just actual alpinists, meaning that they were people who traveled to Kyrgyzstan with the sole objective of reaching the peak.

Horse Pamirs

We had been backpacking in Pakistan , China, and Central Asia for months, every day meeting travellers who we exchanged great travel stories with.

It was very curious to realise that climbers are not necessarily travellers, so the type of conversation was very different. For example, they didn’t believe that we had managed to come from Bishkek by public transportation and hitchhiking.

From Sary Moghul, both Tulpar lake and the base camp can be easily reached in a day, either by car or by foot. On the other hand, the advanced base camp is a serious trek which only reasonably fit people should attempt, especially if you want to go back on the same day.

Sary Moghul Views

Practical Information For Trekking The Lenin Peak Base Camp

Here’s some good information to have in case you are thinking of climbing or trekking to Lenin Peak base camp.

Kyrgyzstan is very seasonal and Lenin Peak is no exception. Summer would be the best season, although late spring and early autumn should also be good, at least, for both Tulpar and the base camp.

However, when I came here in mid-August, the advanced base camp was covered in ice and snow, so I can’t imagine what it is like during colder seasons.

Advanced Base Camp Lenin Peak

Sary Moghul, the starting point, is at above 3,200 meters already and the base camp is around 4,000 meters. The advanced base camp is higher than 5,000 meters, so you really need to be prepared for high altitude.

We had been trekking in both Kyrgyzstan and Pakistan for a long time, so we were more than used to the high altitude. However, if you just came to the region, it is recommended to drink loads of water and split the trek over a couple of days.

You need a minimum of 2 days and a maximum of 4. One night will allow you to visit the base camp and, perhaps, do a small day-trek on the day after.

If you want to go to the advanced base camp or explore the area further, you will need 1 or 2 more additional days.

Personally, we spent 3 nights there. On the first day, we walked all the way to Tulpar, where we spent the night.

On the following day, we walked to the base camp and explored a little bit of the surrounding area, while hanging out with some climbers.

On the third day, we hiked to the advanced base camp and came back on the same day. We went back to Sary-Moghul early in the morning of the last day.

Horse Man Pamir Range

Don’t get the permit through a travel or trekking agency, as they tell you that you need to organise a full tour with them, which is a lie.

Instead, email CBT Sary Moghul to ask for prices. Normally, they would ask you for $65 USD and it takes 5 days to process. Yes, it is very expensive but the fact is that this permit allows you to climb the peak all the way to the top.

I told them that we just wanted to go to the base camp, asking if there was any way to get it cheaper. They said no, that $65 was the only price.

Therefore, we decided not to get the permit for Lenin Peak. Seriously, who is going to ask you for a permit, in the middle of nowhere, at 4,000 meters above sea level?

CBT claims that the police do some occasional random checks but I need to hear it from a traveler in order to believe it.

Camping Peak Lenin

Most likely, your journey will start from the southern capital of Osh. If you come by public transportation, these are all the steps you need to follow:

Getting to Sary Tash from Osh – Marshrutkas run every day until 2pm. The station in Osh is located here: 40.536484, 72.798298. Price is 350KGS (4USD) and it is a 3-hour journey.

Getting to Sary-Mogol from Sary Tash – Sary-Mogol is 30 kilometers from Sary Tash. Your best bet will be to wait on the road to hitch a ride.

Getting to Tulpar Lake from Sary-Mogol – It’s a 5 or 6 hour walk. CBT can also organize the taxi for you, which costs around 10-15USD.

Yurts Lenin Peak

Tulpar Lake – There is a lovely CBT camp right next to the lake, charging around $10 USD per night, including dinner and breakfast. When we went there it was really busy though, so hopefully, they have built more yurts.

Base Camp – You can also find many yurt camps but they are more expensive, around 15USD a night.

Advanced Base Camp – Due to the altitude, the advanced camp has no yurts but only tents for alpinists, which are quite expensive. Moreover, unless you have a super professional mat, you cannot camp there, as the ground is very rocky, so we decided to go back on the same day. It’s a really long day trek but you can finish it in 10 hours, so start early in the morning.

Camping – Lenin Peak has some of the most epic camping spots in Kyrgyzstan, so we decided to camp there every night. We had plenty of snacks and we just paid for our dinner, which ranges from $3 to $5 USD per meal.

Peak Lenin Campsite

No, you don’t, seriously. The trail is extremely easy to follow and there are plenty of yurt camps where you can stay, so there is no need to arrange your accommodation in advance either.

Alpine Hiking

Joan Townsend Torres

Hi, We’re Alesha and Jarryd!

Join the Team

We’ve been traveling the world together since 2008, searching for the planet’s best destinations and adventures.

Love Travel?

Sign up for our free weekly newsletter for the best travel tips, ideas and deals!

We respect your privacy. Unsubscribe at any time.

READ MORE...

Surviving The World’s Most Dangerous Hike – Mt Huashan

The 23 Best Things to Do in Kyrgyzstan

The Best Camping Sleeping Pad of 2024 | Top 12 Sleeping pads

Related Posts

The ultimate guide to the bulak-ashuu lakes trek in kyrgyzstan, jyrgalan – our favourite place in kyrgyzstan, tu lan cave trekking tour photo essay, 24 incredible places to visit in kyrgyzstan (2024 edition), 3 thoughts on “peak lenin base camp trek – kyrgyzstan hiking guide [2024]”.

So glad I found this blog! Really well-written and chock full of specific, useful information. Thanks for all the deets!

I intend to hike Kyrgyzstan over Aug/Sept ’20. I want to start in Bishkek, hike to Lenin Peak (and climb to advanced base camp) and on to Osh. Then fly back to Bishkek and home. 600 miles over six weeks. Does that sound feasible to you?

Hi Chris, that’s great you are planning to go hiking in Kyrgyzstan. Sound like a jam packed holiday but it can be done. If you have a little bit more time in the south of Kyrgystran, do check out the Truly Nomadic Land trek or horse trek. https://www.nomadasaurus.com/truly-nomadic-land-trek-kyrgyzstan/

That hike was incredible too. Check out Tilek Guesthouse in Sary Mogol. The couple that own it are the sweetest. And if you want a great hostel in Osh and Bishkek, check out Apple Hostel.

Have a great trip.

Hi there! Great post! Could you please tell what place do you call Base Camp and Advanced Base Camp? Is “your” base camp described on maps as “Camp 1” (about 4300m) and Advanced Base Camp is “Camp 2” (about 5300m)?

On maps that I found “Base Camp” is at 3600, thats a reason of my confusion;)

Thanks! Mark

Leave a comment Cancel reply

Save my name, email, and website in this browser for the next time I comment.

Need an RMI account? Create an account

Register With Us

Already have an account? Sign in

  • First Name *
  • Last Name *
  • Confirm Password *

The password must meet the following criteria:

  • At least 8 characters
  • At least 1 lowercase letter
  • At least 1 uppercase letter
  • At least 1 number
  • At least 1 symbol (allowed symbols: !?@#$%^&/*()[]{}><,.+-=;)

Keep up to date with information about our latest climbs by joining our mailing list. Sign up and we'll keep you informed about new adventures, special offers, competitions, and news. Privacy Policy

Mt. Elbrus South Side

Type in the number of people in your climbing party and the list of available trips will update.

Show Trip Info

Check availability.

  • Number of Climbers

RMI Logo for Mobile

  • International
  • Mount Rainier
  • North Cascades
  • Skills Clinic
  • Ice Climbing
  • Ski Programs
  • Women's Expeditions

base camp trek in march

  • Seven Summits
  • Kilimanjaro
  • Climb & Safari
  • Vinson Massif
  • Latin / South America
  • Chile Ski Mountaineering
  • Torres del Paine Trek
  • Volcanoes - Winter
  • Volcanoes - Summer
  • Ecuador Seminar
  • Cotopaxi Express
  • Illimani and Huayna Potosi
  • Orizaba & Ixtaccihuatl
  • Machu Picchu
  • Peru Seminar
  • Everest Base Camp Trek
  • Everest Base Camp & Lobuche
  • Everest Custom
  • Summit Climb Programs
  • Four Day Climb
  • Five Day Climb
  • Mount Rainier Weather Information
  • Mountaineering Seminars
  • Emmons Seminar
  • Kautz Seminar
  • Muir Seminar
  • Paradise Seminar
  • Mountaineering Skills
  • Crevasse Rescue Skills
  • Denali Expeditions
  • West Buttress
  • Custom Expedition with Dave Hahn
  • Alpine Climbing
  • Little Switzerland
  • Alaska Seminars
  • Ruth Glacier Seminar
  • Mount Baker
  • North Ridge
  • Easton Glacier
  • Summit & Ski Descent
  • Easton Seminar
  • Coleman-Deming Seminar
  • Backcountry Ski & Ride
  • Leave No Trace Instructor Course
  • LNT Level 2 Instructor Course
  • Mount Shuksan
  • Sulphide Glacier
  • Fisher Chimneys
  • Shuksan Seminar
  • Glacier Peak
  • Glacier Peak Climb
  • Forbidden Peak
  • Private & Custom Climbs
  • Custom Climbs
  • INTERNATIONAL
  • MOUNT RAINIER
  • NORTH CASCADES
  • Baker Seminar
  • LNT Level 2 Instructor & Baker Climb
  • LNT Level 2 Course & Baker Climb
  • Hyalite Intro to Ice
  • Hyalite Intermediate Ice
  • Ski Mountaineering
  • Mount Baker Summit & Ski Descent
  • Kilimanjaro Climb & Safari
  • Machu Picchu Trek
  • Explore something new with our Adventure Finder
  • Mt Rainier Weather Information
  • Mt Rainier Cultural Landscape
  • Denali Cultural Landscape
  • Summit Registry
  • Find Your Adventure
  • Fitness & Training
  • Technical Skills
  • Leave No Trace Videos

Sign Up for Our Newsletter

  • Why Climb with RMI?
  • Responsible Climbing
  • Employment Opportunities
  • Diversity Equity Inclusion

Mt. Elbrus South Side

Price / Deposit

$5,300 / $ 1,500

Mountaineering

In a journey to the top of Russia's forgotten corners, climb the rolling glaciers overlooking the fabled Caucasus Mountains of Europe's highest peak.

Qualifications

Mt. Elbrus is a stunning volcanic peak located in the Caucasus Mountains of Russia and at 18,510' it is Europe's, as well as Russia's, highest peak.

base camp trek in march

MT. ELBRUS CLIMB HIGHLIGHTS

  • Visit Russia’s greatest cities during the expedition where we stay within an easy stroll of Moscow’s Red Square and in the heart of St. Petersburg.
  • Climb Mt. Elbrus with an experienced RMI Guide , benefiting from the background, training, and expertise of our guides as you venture to higher altitudes.
  • Improve your chances of reaching the summit with time spent training and acclimatizing and with an itinerary that has the flexibility to accommodate for the uncertainties of Mt. Elbrus’ weather.
  • Base out of the Pilgrim Huts on Mt. Elbrus, enjoying the hot meals prepared by the hut’s cooks and allowing us to climb one of the Seven Summits carrying only light daypacks.
  • Take part in an RMI adventure and see why we continue to set the standard in guiding excellence.

base camp trek in march

Situated between the Black Sea to the west and the Caspian Sea to the east, Mt. Elbrus rises majestically from the high green plains that stretch northward into the heartland of Russia. Just to the south of the peak lies the main body of the Caucasus Mountains , a range that rivals the Alps with its stark rugged beauty. Our adventures begin several thousand miles to the north of Mt. Elbrus in Moscow - the political, economic, and cultural heart of Russia. We walk across the cobblestones of Red Square, beneath the shadows of St. Basil's onion-shaped domes, and cross through the thick walls of the Kremlin to visit the seat of Russian power.

We then fly south to the town of Mineralnye Vody, known for its abundant mineral springs. A three-hour drive brings us to the Baksan Valley, sitting at the foot of Mt. Elbrus and surrounded on all sides by the soaring peaks of the Caucasus. After adjusting to the altitude while hiking in the valley, we move to the Pilgrim Hut at 12,600’ on Mt. Elbrus’ flanks. We use the mountain’s rolling glaciers surrounding the hut to review our mountaineering skills and continue our acclimatization in preparation for our summit bid.

This is an ideal trip for climbers aiming to build their altitude experience while climbing one of the Seven Summits .

The route takes us up the broad flanks of Mt. Elbrus southside to the West Summit, the mountain's highest point. The ascent is a moderate snow climb that presents minimal technical difficulty but the altitudes to which we go make climbing Mt. Elbrus a challenging undertaking.

We end our expedition in St. Petersburg. Sitting on the shores of the Gulf of Finland, this beautiful European-styled city is often described as the "Venice of the North". We spend a full day exploring St. Petersburg's stunning architecture, amazing museums, and beautiful canals. Our time there is the ideal way to end our Mt. Elbrus adventure.

base camp trek in march

THE RMI DIFFERENCE

Rainier Mountaineering, Inc. was established in 1969 and is one of America's oldest and most-trusted guide services. We are the largest guide service on Mt. Rainier and Denali and leaders in guiding climbs and treks around the globe. Our years of leading mountain adventures give us the experience and knowledge to create the best possible trips. We work hard to live up to our reputation as an industry leader.

Our Mt. Elbrus climb is led by RMI’s foremost U.S. guides who bring years of climbing experience in the mountains around the world and an intimate familiarity with the region to the trip. Working closely with our local partners, these mountaineering veterans make climbing Mt. Elbrus an unforgettable experience. Our trip preparation before departure takes care of the details for you, from hotels and airport transfers to arranging in country flights, so that you can focus on preparing for the climb instead of the distraction that comes with coordinating logistics.

In Moscow and St. Petersburg we stay at hotels that have been hand-picked by our guides for their location and amenities, staying in the heart of the cities within easy walking distance of their greatest sites. While on the mountain the Pilgrim Hut provides us comfortable lodging and enjoyable meals, keeping us content, healthy, and strong throughout the climb. We use RMI's own climbing equipment brought from the U.S., ensuring that our expedition standards of safety, quality, and reliability are met. Our exceptional focus on detail, our unparalleled level of guest attention, and our genuine love of these adventures are what make our programs truly memorable.

base camp trek in march

ELBRUS NORTHSIDE ALTERNATIVE

We also lead climbs of Mt. Elbrus' more remote Northside. This program is slightly longer and entails expedition style climbing as we move camps up the mountain. Our Northside Expedition is ideal for climbers seeking a more remote experience away from the busier standard route and interested in building their expedition climbing skills.

Safety has always been RMI's top priority and we strive to create the safest mountain experience possible. RMI's experienced team of guides focus on leading a fun and successful climb without compromising safety. We apply the same standards of safety we bring to Alaska and the Himalayas to our Mt. Elbrus guided climbs . Careful planning, precise ascent profiles, flexibility in our itinerary, daily weather forecasts via satellite, and diligent attention are taken as we venture into high altitudes. Comprehensive medical kits, rescue equipment, and radio and satellite communication equipment are carried with the team throughout the climb.

As you prepare for your upcoming adventure please feel free to contact our office and speak directly to one of our experienced guides regarding equipment, conditioning, the route, or any other questions you may have about our programs. We are available Monday thru Friday 8:30 a.m. to 4:00 p.m. at (888) 89-CLIMB or [email protected] .

Climber Reviews

Depart U.S.A. Depending on flight times and connections travel to Moscow, Russia typically takes almost 24 hours from the U.S.

MOSCOW • 512' | 156M

Arrive in Moscow (SVO). Hire a Yandex taxi to get to the hotel. Once we check-in to our hotel, the afternoon is free to rest and explore the city. A team orientation meeting is held at 7:00 p.m. We spend the night in Moscow at the Park Inn Sadu.

Moscow

We spend the day exploring Moscow. We take a guided walking tour to visit Lenin's Tomb, Red Square, the G.U.M., St. Basil's Cathedral, and the Kremlin. The afternoon is free to explore the city. We spend the night at the Park Inn Sadu. (B)

base camp trek in march

AZAU • 7,500' | 2,300M

We have an early morning transfer to Moscow's domestic airport for our flight to Mineralnye Vody. A three-hour drive brings us to the village of Azau at the base of Mt. Elbrus. Located in the Baksan Valley at 7,500', Azau is a small village full of skiers in the winter and a quiet center for climbers in the summer. We spend the night in a quaint hotel in Azau. (B, L, D)

base camp trek in march

We awake for an early breakfast and to begin our acclimatization hike. We climb up the grassy slopes of the Cheget ski area, bringing us to over 11,000’ and offering impressive views of Mt. Elbrus across the valley. Descending back to Cheget via a single chairlift, we have lunch in a local café before returning to Azau. The rest of the afternoon is spent organizing our gear for our climb. (B, L, D)

base camp trek in march

PILGRIM HUT • 12,600' | 3,850M

From Azau we ride two trams up to the Mir Station, and then take a chairlift to Pilgrim Hut (12,600') at the foot of Elbrus’ glaciers. The Pilgrim Hut is where we stay while on the mountain. We take an acclimatization hike on the lower reaches of the glaciers and snowfields to approximately 13,000'. (B, L, D)

base camp trek in march

We build upon our acclimatization by climbing to Pastukhova Rocks at 15,000’, gaining familiarity with the route and reviewing basic mountaineering techniques. We return to the Pilgrim Hut for the night. (B, L, D)

base camp trek in march

We spend the morning reviewing basic mountaineering techniques such as ice axe arrest, crampon techniques and roped travel. Today's focus is on acclimatization and rest. Final preparations are made for Summit Day and we settle in early in anticipation of tomorrow's summit attempt. (B, L, D)

base camp trek in march

SUMMIT DAY • 18,510' | 5,642M

We get an early alpine start for the summit. We begin our ascent with a Snowcat ride to Pastukhova Rocks (15,000'). From there, we climb the low angle snow slopes as we traverse towards the Saddle (17,700'). Mt. Elbrus has two large summit domes and the Saddle separates the East Summit from the West Summit. Both are comparable in size but the West Summit is slightly higher, and our objective. Our route gets somewhat steeper as we gain the upper summit plateau where we follow the ridge to the Summit. After enjoying the summit and its impressive views of the Caucasus mountain range, we descend back to the Pilgrim Hut. Depending on our schedule, the time of day, and the weather we have the option of taking the tram back down into the valley or spending one more night on the mountain. Climbing time is 8 to 10 hours. (B, L, D)

base camp trek in march

This extra day is scheduled into the itinerary in case we encounter bad weather or need additional time for acclimatization. Having this extra day has proven to dramatically improve the team's success. If we do not use this day for our summit attempt, we can spend the day in Azau relaxing, horseback riding, fishing and/or visiting the local market. Overnight in Azau. (B, L, D)

base camp trek in march

ST. PETERSBURG • 44' | 14m

We have an early departure from our hotel to Mineralnye Vody for our flight to St. Petersburg. A transfer from the airport brings us to our hotel in the center of the city. Overnight at Hotel Arcadia. (B)

base camp trek in march

ST. PETERSBURG • 44' | 14M

We take a half-day tour of the striking city of St. Petersburg. Attractions include a visit to the State Hermitage, the Church of the Savior on Spilled Blood, St. Isaac's Cathedral, and walking along the banks of the city's many canals. The afternoon is free to check out any of the numerous churches, palaces, museums, or parks that make up this wonderful city. We finish the day with an evening boat cruise on the city's canals. We spend our final night in Russia at the Hotel Arcadia. (B)

base camp trek in march

Return flights from St. Petersburg (LED) to the U.S. (B)

Key: B, L, D = Breakfast, Lunch, Dinner included.

Travel Consultant

RMI has partnered with Erin Rountree to provide comprehensive travel support. We have been working with Erin for many years. As an independent agent of the Travel Society, she has booked countless miles for adventure travelers across the globe and is extremely knowledgeable about the travel needs of our programs. Please call (208) 788-2870 or send email to  [email protected] .

Travel Insurance

Travel insurance is required for this trip. Your travel insurance policy should include trip cancellation, trip interruption, trip delay, baggage loss or delay, medical expenses, and evacuation.

Navigating through the different options for travel insurance can be challenging. When purchasing Travel Insurance, here are a few items to consider:

  • Read the fine print. Travel Insurance will reimburse you when canceling for a covered reason for prepaid, non-refundable trip costs that you insure. However, there are exclusions, so make sure you understand the "covered reasons."
  • Confirm that your activity is a covered “activity.” Not all travel insurance policies will offer coverage for activities such as mountaineering, climbing, skiing, or trekking adventures. Policies can also exclude coverage for activities due to the gear used (crampons, ice axe), activities that go above specific elevations or activities in a particular region of the world. If there are exclusions, you may need to add an "Adventure" or "Sports" package to cover your activity.
  • Verify that your state of residence is allowed with the policy that you are purchasing. Not all insurance companies offer policies in all 50 states.
  • Contact your travel protection company directly for any questions you have regarding benefits or coverage.

We have partnered with  Travelex Insurance  and  Ripcord Insurance  because they offer certain policies specifically designed for adventure travel with coverages for remote areas and activities like mountaineering, climbing, skiing, and trekking, without any altitude restrictions. 

base camp trek in march

For your convenience, we offer Travelex Insurance Services, Inc.(CA Agency License #0D10209) travel protection plans to help protect you and your travel investment against the unexpected. 

For more information on the available plans visit  Travelex Insurance Services  or contact Travelex Insurance (800) 228-9792 and reference location number 47-0370. 

The product descriptions provided here are only brief summaries. The full coverage terms and details, including limitations and exclusions, are contained in the insurance policy. Travel Insurance is underwritten by Berkshire Hathaway Specialty Insurance Company; NAIC #22276.

base camp trek in march

Ripcord Rescue Travel Insurance is travel insurance designed for adventurers, including the best evacuation and rescue services available.

Benefits are tailored for adventurers and include:

  • Rescue and evacuation from the point of illness or emergency to your home hospital of choice.
  • Trip cancellation/interruption, primary medical expense coverage, sporting goods, baggage loss, emergency dental, Accidental Death & Dismemberment (AD&D) and more.
  • Completely integrated one-stop program with a single contact for emergency services to travel assistance and insurance claims.
  • 24/7 access to paramedics, nurses and military veterans.
  • Security extraction in case of unexpected dangerous and chaotic events.

Ripcord Rescue Travel Insurance is powered by Redpoint Resolutions, a medical and travel security risk company. Their team is comprised of special operations veterans, paramedics, Stanford Medicine affiliated physicians, former intelligence officers, insurance actuaries and global security experts with dozens of years of experience in theaters around the world. The Redpoint network covers the globe, making them uniquely equipped to provide elite rescue travel insurance – in every sense of the word. Whether it’s reimbursing you for a cancelled trip, paying your travel medical bills or evacuating you home in an emergency, Ripcord takes the worry out of your travel.

Security & Medical Evacuation

Global Rescue

Global Rescue is the world’s premier provider of medical and security advisory and evacuation services. Security Evacuation offers crisis evacuation services in non-medical situations. Examples include evacuations from areas affected by natural disasters, war or conflict zones, terrorism, and other areas in which participant security is threatened.

Travel Advisories / Warnings

Please confirm any current travel advisories/warnings as well as passport and visa requirements with the US Department of State .

Currently the US Department of State has a Travel Advisory pertaining the the north Caucasus, including the Mount Elbrus area. Please review the Travel Advisory before registering for this program to ensure that you are aware of the non-climbing risks associated with this program.

Getting There

Travel to Moscow’s Sheremetyevo Airport (SVO) typically takes about 24 hours from the U.S. depending on your departure city, available connections, and flight times. Flights generally arrive in the afternoon on Day 2 of the itinerary. 

Departing flights from St. Petersburg (LED) may be booked for any time on Day 13, the final day of the program.

Entry Requirements

A valid passport is required when traveling to Russia. Your passport must be valid for 6 months beyond the expected return date.

We suggest making a copy of the first two pages of your passport and keeping them in a separate bag as a backup. A copy should also be left with your emergency contact.

A Visa is also required for entry to Russia. This must be done prior to your arrival or you will not be permitted to enter the country.

Russian Visa

Our office will provide you with the current application form, a written itinerary and a letter of invitation from our hosting organization in Russia. You will need to submit these forms along with a valid passport, an additional passport photo and payment to your local Russian Consulate or a travel document company that can assist you in processing the Russian Visa. This generally takes place 2 - 3 months before the trip departure and will take 4 - 20 business days to process. Once your visa arrives, please check the date to ensure it covers your complete stay.

Airport Arrival

Upon arrival proceed to the Immigrations desk for foreign travelers. Proceed to Baggage Claim and then to Customs. There will be a random selection of bags for inspection. Be sure to keep all your bags together. You can then hire a Yandex taxi to transfer you to our hotel.

In-Country Transportation

The provided transportation in Russia as stated in the itinerary is via private vehicle.

Immunizations & Travel Medicine

For the most current information on inoculation requirements and recommendations, please refer to the Center for Disease Control and Prevention .

Traveler's Health

Travelers often suffer from upset stomachs when in foreign countries. There are some basic rules, however, that can help keep you healthy.

  • Hygiene - It is important that you wash your hands thoroughly before meals and after using any bathroom. If water is not available for washing, we recommend using a hand sanitizer.
  • Water - The number one rule is: don't drink the water, and that includes shower water and ice! Brush your teeth with purified water rather than tap water. You should check bottled water for a good seal and use a napkin to wipe dry excess moisture in drinking glasses. Take care with fruit juice, particularly if it has been diluted with water. Carefully clean the tops of bottled beverages before opening.
  • Food - If you can cook it, boil it, or peel it; you can usually eat it. Salads and fruits should be washed with purified water or peeled where possible. Be wary of ice cream and shellfish. Always avoid any undercooked meat.

Medical EmeRgencies

Elbrus is a remote mountain without easy access to definitive medical care. We are our own rescue team.

The medical facilities in Moscow, St. Petersburg and other urban areas in Russia are limited except for routine, non-emergency needs. We will work with our tour operator to access an appropriate level of care should the need arise.

Russia Country Facts

Russia is the largest country in the world at almost twice the size of the United States. Officially known as the Russian Federation, its main attractions include art, magnificent (and newly restored) cathedrals and monasteries, treasures and palaces of the czars, the performing arts, health spas, river cruises, historic sites, spectacular scenery, Siberia, and Moscow's Kremlin.

Russia has a captivating history. Tradition says the Viking Rurik came to Russia in 862 and founded the first Russian dynasty in Novgorod. Through the 10th and 11th centuries, Christianity united the various tribes, but Mongol raids broke the Russian territories into smaller dukedoms. It was Ivan the Terrible (1533-1584) who is credited with founding the Russian state. The succeeding period saw power wrested into the hands of the czars and expanded Russian territory. These actions ultimately led to revolution and the creation of the Soviet Union (U.S.S.R.) in 1922. The Union dissolved in 1991 and Russia became the federal presidential republic that it is today.

Russia will appeal to travelers who have a sense of adventure and an open mind. Don't expect a relaxing vacation and, unless you're in Moscow or St. Petersburg, don't expect deluxe accommodations - a trip through Russia requires determination, flexibility and plenty of patience.

The climbing season extends from May to September, with the highest summit success rate from mid-July through mid-August. September through April comprises the rainy and winter seasons.

The weather in Moscow and while traveling to and from the mountains can be very warm.

While there can be no guarantees of perfect weather in the mountains, our expeditions take full advantage of both the weather and route conditions for this expedition, and utilize prime months for optimal climbing experiences.

Cultural Etiquette

Although it is not expected that we dress formally, we should dress modestly. Casual and comfortable clothing and shoes are suggested. Showing expensive cameras, watches, jewelry, etc. is considered unseemly and may attract unwanted attention.

Men shake hands when greeting one another and maintain direct eye contact. Women generally shake hands when meeting one another for the first time. In greetings between men and women, a light handshake is common. It is expected that you remove your gloves to shake hands, regardless of how cold it may be. The three alternating kisses used in greetings are common only between friends and family.

Chivalry, for the most part, is still valued in Russia. Men are expected to hold the door, offer their seat, or offer their coat.

Electricity

Electricity in Russia is different than in the United States. Russia has standardized on type F (Gost) sockets and plugs. Type C plugs and power points are still commonly found in older buildings. Both are used for 230 volt, 50 hertz appliances. U.S. appliances will require plug adaptors, convertors or transformers. Remember to bring any necessary adaptors if you plan to recharge electronics.

The current currency of Russia is the Ruble. Currency can be easily converted at banks, hotels and kiosks. Check a financial newspaper or www.xe.com for the current exchange rate prior to departure.

We suggest bringing $600-$900 total for personal spending money including restaurant meals, drinks, pocket money, and the Support Staff Tip Pool.

Cash machines are still the best way to get money in country, so if you are in doubt, be sure to bring your cash card. Cash machines are readily available in Moscow and St. Petersburg, but become increasingly difficult to find outside of the main urban areas.

Credit cards are accepted in most, but not all, areas.

Everyone has a preferred way to carry money. Some use money belts, others have hidden pockets. Whatever you do, be aware of pickpockets in any area which caters to tourists.

Everyone approaches tipping a little differently. Whether or not a person tips, and how much, is completely dependent upon the individual; here are some suggested tipping guidelines for your trip.

Local waiters, drivers, and other service personnel expect to be tipped. Ten to fifteen percent is standard. Some restaurants and hotels add a 10% service fee to bills in which case, no further tip is required.

Support Staff Tip Pool: We recommend that each climber contribute $75 to the Tip Pool. This is collected at the beginning of the trip and will cover group tips for all our support and mountain staff throughout the program.

Our guides work hard to ensure your well-being and success on the mountain. If you have a positive experience, gratuities are an excellent way to show your appreciation. Amounts are at your discretion and should be based on your level of enjoyment. Tips for excellent service normally average 10 – 15% of the cost of the program. If you would rather not bring the guide gratuity with you on the trip, you can send a check or call the RMI office to pay with a credit card upon your return.

http://wikitravel.org/en/Russia and https://www.lonelyplanet.com/russia offer a wealth of information.

This trip is open to all individuals in excellent physical condition and is a great first trip to altitudes above 15,000'. Prior knowledge of, and comfort with, rope travel, the use of crampons, and ice axe arrest are required.

Our experience shows that individuals perform better and enjoy the adventure more if they have a high degree of fitness and comfort with basic mountaineering skills. This program’s high altitude and snowy terrain contribute to make this a very worthwhile challenge.

Qualifying Programs

Recommended climbing experiences prior to the Mt. Elbrus South Side climb include:

Mt. Rainier Expedition Skills Seminar - Emmons

Mt. Rainier Expedition Skills Seminar - Kautz

Mt. Rainier Expedition Skills Seminar - Muir

Mt. Rainier Expedition Skills Seminar - Paradise

Mt. Rainier Mt. Rainier - Five Day Climb

Mt. Rainier Mt. Rainier - Four Day Climb

Expedition Skills Seminar - Shuksan

base camp trek in march

Get In The Best Shape Of Your Life And Then Go Climb A Mountain

Create a fitness and training program, physical fitness training.

Mountaineering requires a high degree of physical stamina and mental toughness. Even for the healthiest and fittest individuals, climbing mountains qualifies as an extremely challenging endeavor.

  • Start immediately. Start a rigorous fitness and training program now with the goal of arriving in top physical condition and confident in your skills.
  • Be intentional. Focus on gaining the necessary strength, stamina and skills to meet the physical and technical demands of the climb.
  • Be sport-specific. The best fitness and training program mimics the physical and technical demands of your climbing objective. The closer you get to your program date, the more your training should resemble the climbing.

For Elbrus southside, you are preparing for:

  • Hiking and climbing with a 20-25 lb load
  • A 10+ hour summit day
  • Mountaineering techniques which require core strength and flexibility

Nothing ensures a personally successful adventure like your level of fitness and training. Bottom line: Plan on being in the best shape of your life and ready for a very challenging adventure!

Please refer to our Resources for Mountaineering Fitness and Training for detailed fitness and training information.

Acclimatization

The key to climbing high is proper acclimatization. Our program follows a calculated ascent profile which allows time for your body to adjust to the altitude.

Excellent physical conditioning significantly increases your ability to acclimatize as you ascend. Climbers in excellent physical condition simply have more energy to commit to the acclimatization process throughout the days and nights of the ascent, allowing their bodies to adjust to the altitude more easily.

Finally, physical performance and acclimatization are also related to how well you have taken care of yourself throughout the hours, days and weeks prior to summit day. Arriving healthy and well-rested, maintaining proper hydration and caloric intake, and protecting against unnecessary heat loss (staying warm) are all key factors in an individual’s success on an expedition such as this.

What You’ll Need

A list of required personal equipment accompanies every RMI program, and the thought process behind each item is much greater than simply “preparing for the worst and hoping for the best.” The list for your program takes into account factors such as: seasonality, route conditions, weather, elevation and more. As such, this list is framed within the broadest of contexts and is dynamic by its very nature. Therefore, certain variables (additions and/or subtractions) are inherent within such an all-encompassing list. We make every effort to recommend only top of the line clothing and technical gear and it is never our intention for you to buy or rent unnecessary gear.

The Guide Pick is an example of the listed item, giving you an idea of the material and specifications of the item. This exact item does not need to be purchased or used; however, any item you choose must have similar characteristics and performance abilities to the Guide Pick.

RMI Guides concur on the  potential   necessity  of every item, thus every item on the list is required at gear check. However, guides may also have suggestions derived from their experience, some of which will vary from a given list. The guides’ recommendation whether to bring along or leave behind certain item(s) comes during the gear check, when the team first meets. Occasionally this recommendation comes at the expense of having previously purchased an item. If a guide presents the option of leaving behind certain item(s) on the list of required equipment, it is for a reason. Their recommendation may be related to the weather, route conditions, freezing level, perceived strength of the party, or desired pack weight.

Ultimately, there will never be a consensus for a “perfect” equipment list for an ascent. It does not exist because of the multitude of variables faced by climbers throughout the climb. Please follow this equipment list closely so that you will arrive for the gear check with all the required items. Keep in mind the list is not black and white, fine tuning will occur once you meet with your guide. Have a great climb!

Whittaker Mountaineering

Shop Your Equipment List // Rent new equipment for your climb

Equipment list, pack & travel.

Image of DUFFEL BAG(S)

120+ liter bag(s) made of tough material with rugged zippers.

Image of LUGGAGE LOCKS

Bring as needed. Make sure these are TSA-compliant.

Image of 50+ LITER BACKPACK

Your backpack should be large enough to carry all of your personal gear, food and water, plus a portion of group gear. You will not need a separate summit pack.

Image of 25+ LITER DAY PACK

A 25+ liter day pack to use as carry-on or while sightseeing.

Sleeping Bag & Pad

Image of SLEEPING BAG

We recommend a bag rated between 20° and 0° F. Allow ample room for movement. We recommend down over synthetic for its light weight, warmth, and packability. If you know you sleep cold, consider a 0° F bag.

Image of COMPRESSION STUFF SACK FOR SLEEPING BAG

Full-length inflatable or closed cell pad.

Technical Gear

Image of ICE AXE

The length of your axe depends on your height. Use the following general mountaineering formula: up to 5'8", use a 65 cm axe; 5'8" to 6'2", use a 70 cm axe; and taller, use a 75 cm axe. If you hold the axe so that it hangs comfortably at your side, the spike of the axe should still be a few inches above the ground.

Image of CLIMBING HARNESS

We recommend a comfortable, adjustable alpine climbing harness. Removable, drop seat, or adjustable leg loops are convenient for managing your clothing layers over the course of the climb and facilitate going to the bathroom.

Image of TRIPLE-ACTION LOCKING CARABINER

Used for clipping into the climbing rope.

Image of NON-LOCKING CARABINER(S)

Used for pack ditch loop, etc.

Image of CRAMPONS

12-point adjustable steel crampons with anti-balling plates designed for general mountaineering use.

Image of AVALANCHE TRANSCEIVER WITH FRESH BATTERIES

Bring extra batteries appropriate to the duration of the climb.

Image of TREKKING POLES

We recommend lightweight and collapsible poles with snow baskets.

Image of HELMET

A UIAA (Union Internationale des Associations d’Alpinisme) or CE (European Committee for Standardization) certified climbing helmet.

Image of WARM HAT

Wool or synthetic. It should provide warmth but also be thin enough to fit underneath a climbing helmet.

Image of BALL CAP OR SUN HAT

A Buff provides versatile head and neck protection. A neck gaiter is also acceptable.

Image of HEADLAMP

Start with fresh batteries and bring extra set(s) of batteries appropriate to the duration of the trip.

Image of GLACIER GLASSES

Glacier glasses are protective sunglasses that provide close to 100% frame coverage (wrap-around frames and side shields ensure no light can enter from the top, bottom, and sides of the glasses) and transmit less than 10% of visual light.

Image of GOGGLES

Amber or rose-tinted goggles for adverse weather. On windy days, climbers, especially contact lens wearers, may find photochromatic lenses the most versatile in a variety of light conditions.

Each glove layer is worn separately as conditions change during the climb.

Image of LIGHT WEIGHT GLOVES

Light weight liner or softshell gloves. Lighter colors absorb less sunlight while still offering UV protection.

Image of MEDIUM WEIGHT GLOVES

Wind- and water-resistant, insulated mountain gloves.

Image of HEAVY WEIGHT GLOVES OR MITTENS

Wind- and water-resistant, insulated gloves or mittens. These also serve as emergency backups if you drop or lose a lighter-weight glove.

We recommend a minimum of five upper body layers, all of which can be used in conjunction with each other. Two of these should be insulating layers, one light, and one medium, that fit well together. Today there are many different layering systems to choose from, including fleece, softshell, down, and synthetic options.

Image of LIGHT WEIGHT BASELAYER OR SUN HOODY

Long-sleeve wool or synthetic top. Light weight, light-colored, hooded baselayers (sun hoodys) are highly recommended for sun protection.

Image of LIGHT WEIGHT INSULATING LAYER

One step up in warmth and bulk from a baselayer. A technical fleece makes an ideal light weight insulating layer.

Image of MEDIUM WEIGHT INSULATING LAYER

A down, synthetic, or softshell hoody makes a great midlayer.

Image of RAIN JACKET (HARD SHELL)

An uninsulated, waterproof shell jacket with hood.

Image of INSULATED PARKA WITH HOOD

Your expedition-style heavy parka must extend below the waist, have an insulated hood, and be able to fit over the rest of your upper body layers. While the parka is worn primarily at rest breaks on summit day, it also serves as an emergency garment if needed. We recommend down rather than synthetic fill.

Image of SPORTS BRA

We recommend a moisture-wicking, active-wear bra.

We recommend a system of four layers, all of which can be used in conjunction with each other. Products which combine several layers into one garment, such as traditional ski pants, don’t work well as they don’t offer the versatility of a layering system.

Image of PAIRS OF UNDERWEAR

Non-cotton briefs or boxers.

Image of LIGHT WEIGHT BASELAYER

Synthetic or wool.

Image of SOFTSHELL CLIMBING PANTS

Softshell climbing pants can be worn in combination with a base layer on colder days, or alone on warmer days.

Image of RAIN PANTS WITH FULL-LENGTH SIDE ZIPPERS (HARD SHELL)

Non-insulated, waterproof shell pants must be able to fit comfortable over your baselayer bottoms and softshell climbing pants. Full side zippers or 7/8 side zippers are required so that shell pants can be put on while wearing boots and crampons.

Image of LIGHT WEIGHT TREKKING PANTS OR SHORTS

A light weight, synthetic pair of pants is a good option for the approach trek when hiking at lower altitudes and in warm conditions. These pants have no insulation, are typically made of thin nylon, and commonly feature zippers to convert between pants and shorts.

We recommend modern hybrid double boots for this climb because they provide the best balance of weight, comfort, and insulation. Insulated single mountaineering boots are also adequate but might result in cold feet. Bring one pair of chemical foot warmers per summit day if you are using single mountaineering boots.

Image of RAINIER AND 5000 METER SINGLE BOOT TEXT

SINGLE BOOTS: Insulated, full-shank, and crampon-compatible leather or synthetic boots designed for mountaineering. Single boots tend to be lighter and more comfortable than double boots at the expense of warmth.

Image of RAINIER AND 5000 METER DOUBLE BOOT TEXT

DOUBLE BOOTS:  Insulated double boots designed for mountaineering. Plastic-shelled models are acceptable, though modern synthetic models are lighter and more comfortable.

Image of HIKING BOOTS

A pair of lightweight boots for approaches and hiking on rugged terrain. We recommend a waterproof, mid-top boot for better stability and ankle support.

Image of CASUAL SHOES

Great for traveling and wearing around town or camp. A pair of tennis shoes or light hikers works well.

Image of GAITERS

A knee-length pair of gaiters, large enough to fit over your mountaineering boots. This will protect you from catching your crampon spikes on loose clothing. Not needed if using a boot with an integrated gaiter.

Image of PAIRS OF SOCKS

Either wool or synthetic. Whatever sock combination you are accustomed to wearing during your training or previous adventures (whether single medium weight socks, a medium weight with a liner sock, two medium weight socks together, etc.), should work just fine for this climb.

First Aid & Medications

We recommend you speak with your physician about which medications you should have for high-altitude climbing. These medications are only used in emergency situations, and if someone is showing symptoms of HAPE or HACE, our standard protocol is for immediate descent. We do not take any of these medications prophylactically, and please talk with your guide before taking medications.

We require each climber to have the following medications:

Broad spectrum antibiotics for respiratory and gastrointestinal problems like Azithromycin (250mg tablets).

125mg tablets for the prevention or treatment of Acute Mountain Sickness. A normal prescription is 125mg tablets, twice a day. Recommend 15 - 20 tablets.

4mg tablets for the treatment of altitude illness. Recommend 12 tablets.

30mg slow-release tablets for the prevention or treatment of high-altitude pulmonary edema (HAPE). Recommend 8 - 10 tablets.

Image of SMALL PERSONAL FIRST AID KIT

Our guides carry comprehensive medical kits, so keep yours small and light. We recommend a selection of adhesive bandages, antibiotic ointment, Moleskin and blister care, medical tape and/or duct tape, cough drops, basic painkillers, an antacid, an anti-diarrheal, and personal medications.

Personal Items

Image of MEALS & SNACKS

See the Food tab for suggestions and quantities.

Image of INSULATED MUG

Insulated outdoor-style mug. We recommed a model with a removable lid, which helps retain heat and prevent spills. You may also choose to use 0.5L insulated bottle or a 0.5L nalgene.

Image of WATER BOTTLES

One-liter water bottles with wide mouths made of co-polyester (BPA-free plastic).

Image of AQUAMIRA WATER TREATMENT DROPS

Chlorine Dioxide water purification drops. Make sure to select the 30-minute version.

Image of STUFF SACK(S)

Bring as needed.

Image of LARGE GARBAGE BAGS

Heavy-duty trash compacter bags for use as waterproof pack/stuff sack liners. You can also use a waterproof pack liner.

Image of POCKETKNIFE

Include toilet paper, hand sanitizer, toothbrush and toothpaste, and wet wipes. Bring a quantity appropriate to the duration of your trip.

Image of SUNSCREEN

We recommend small tubes of SPF 30 or higher, which can be carried in pockets for easy access and to prevent freezing.

Image of LIP BALM

We recommend SPF 15 or higher.

Image of EAR PLUGS

Spare prescription glasses if you wear contact lenses/eyeglasses.

Image of PAIRS CHEMICAL HAND WARMERS

Practice using this before coming on the climb!

Image of CAMERA (OPTIONAL)

Many smartphones have excellent cameras. Action cameras, small point-and-shoots, and compact dSLRs are lightweight and work well at altitude.

Image of POWER BANK (OPTIONAL)

A small power bank, enough to charge a phone or e-reader several times.

For charging personal electronics while traveling internationally.

Travel Clothes

Image of TRAVEL CLOTHES

We recommend bringing a selection of clothing to wear while traveling, site seeing and dining.  

Travel Documents

Valid for six months beyond your return date.

The first two pages of your passport.

Pre-Trip Checklist

Purchase travel insurance.

Purchase airplane tickets.

Reserve rental equipment.

Be in the best shape of your life!

Provided Equipment

RMI provides the following equipment for your program: huts, stoves, group cooking equipment, fuel, climbing ropes, climbing anchors, avalanche probes and shovels.

Every guide on your climb will carry rescue equipment and a first aid kit. Each climb has two-way radios and a satellite phone for emergency contact.

On Mt. Elbrus South Side you will need 5 days of mountain snacks. All of your mountain snack items should weigh 3 - 4 lb.

Breakfast, lunch and dinner meals on the mountain are included as indicated in our Trip Itinerary . With the exception of hotel breakfasts, most restaurant meals are on your own. You are responsible for your own bottled water and drinks.

Mountain Snacks

You will want to have a few snack items with you everyday to fuel you up the trail. We continually snack to keep our energy levels up while we climb - lunch begins just after breakfast and ends just before dinner! Avoid packing any items that require preparation or hot water.

The importance of having foods that are genuinely enjoyed cannot be overstated. Eating properly is the key to maintaining strength while in the mountains. In order to combat the loss of appetite at altitude we aim to have a variety of foods that stimulate the whole palate, from sweet to sour to salty.

Recommended mountain lunch items: dry salami, smoked salmon, jerky (turkey, beef, fish), small cans of tuna fish, individually wrapped cheeses such as Laughing Cow or Baby Bell, crackers, bagels, candy bars, hard candies (Jolly Ranchers, Toffees, Life Savers), Gummy Bears, sour candies (Sweet Tarts), cookies, dried fruit, nuts, energy bars, GORP mixes, and drink mixes (Gatorade/Kool-Aid).

We may have a chance to purchase additional food in Russia, but we recommend you take what you need and only supplement with local food if necessary.

The breakfast menu includes items such as instant oatmeal, cold cereals (granola), breakfast bars, hot drinks (coffee, tea, cocoa, cider) and local fresh fruit.

Dinner usually begins with soup and ends with dessert, followed by a round of hot drinks. Healthy one-pot meals, incorporating fresh local food whenever practical, are served as the main course. There are limitations, but the menu is planned to offer good variety and ample portions.

Deposit Payments: A non-refundable deposit payment of $1,500 per person secures your reservation.

  • Deposit payments may be made via MasterCard, Visa, American Express*, e-check/ACH, or check from a U.S. bank.

Balance Payments: The balance payment is due 120 days before the start of your program.

  • **Wire transfers must cover all fees charged by your bank. The amount of the incoming wire to our bank must equal the balance payment amount.
  • A payment reminder is emailed approximately three weeks before your payment due date. If your balance payment is not received 120 days before the start of your program, your reservation will be canceled, and all program fees will be forfeited.
  • Payment in full is required when registering for a program within 120 days of the departure date.

*There is a 3% surcharge on all credit/debit card transactions. Credit/debit cards are not accepted for payments of $10,000 or more.

Cancellation

The $1,500 per person deposit is non-refundable and non-transferable .

  • If you cancel 120 or more days before the start of your program, the $1,500 per person deposit will not be refunded.
  • If you cancel less than 120 days before the start of your program, no refunds will be issued .

Due to the time-sensitive nature of these programs, and the amount of preparation time required for this program, we strictly adhere to our policy and cannot make exceptions for any reason.

Cancellation Insurance

We require that everyone purchase travel insurance. Please see our Travel Tab for details.

  • RMI Leadership
  • Hotel accommodations as indicated in the itinerary, based on double occupancy*
  • All park entrance fees
  • Sight seeing arrangements as indicated in the itinerary
  • Airfare from Moscow to Mineralnye Vody to St. Petersburg
  • All group transportation in country as stated in the itinerary
  • All breakfast and dinner meals on the mountain and other meals as stated in the itinerary
  • All group cooking, climbing and camping equipment

NOT INCLUDED

  • International airfare
  • Travel insurance, medical evacuation insurance and security evacuation insurance
  • Passport and visa fees
  • Excess baggage fees from U.S. or flights within Russia
  • Departure taxes
  • Meals not included in the itinerary
  • Bottled water and personal drinks
  • Customary guide gratuities
  • Support Staff Tip Pool (we suggest $75 per person)
  • Additional room charges including laundry service and other personal expenses
  • Hotel accommodations not indicated in the itinerary
  • Transfer from Airport to Moscow Hotel on arrival
  • Transfer from St. Petersburg Hotel to Airport for outbound flight
  • Medical, hospitalization and evacuation costs (by any means)

* Accommodations are based on double occupancy.  A Single Supplement Fee will be charged to those occupying single accommodations by choice or circumstance. The single supplement is not available in huts, tents, or in all hotels.

Risk Management

Please clearly understand that mountaineering is inherently hazardous. Managing risk is RMI’s number one priority. Our guides manage significant hazards inherent in mountaineering, but they cannot eliminate them.  Objective hazards include rockfall, icefall, avalanches, slides or falls by individuals and rope teams on steeper slopes, weather-related problems including cold, heat, high winds, and other unnamed dangers that can occur while climbing.

You are choosing to engage in an activity in which guided and non-guided climbers have been injured or killed. While those accidents are indeed infrequent, they may occur at any time and be out of our control. We ask that participants acknowledge the risks and hazards of mountaineering and make their own choices about whether or not to engage in this activity. 

PARTICIPANT Responsibilities

Mountaineering is both an individual challenge and a team endeavor. Each Participant is required to share in the responsibility of the safety and success of the team. For this reason, we ask that each Participant:

  • Possess the climbing prerequisites required for this program.
  • Possess the necessary physical and mental fitness required for this program.
  • Be responsible for knowing all pre-departure information.
  • Provide a signed Physician’s Certificate stating that the Participant is medically qualified to join this program.
  • Update the RMI Office if there are any changes to your health or medical information before departure.
  • Be properly attired and equipped as outlined in the Equipment List.
  • Act in a considerate manner toward all team members and show respect for local customs, values, and traditions in the areas we travel.
  • Help minimize our impact on the environment and follow appropriate Leave No Trace practices.
  • Describe yourself, honestly and accurately, in terms of fitness, health, skills, abilities, and your equipment to your guide staff.
  • Communicate with your guide staff on the mountain if there are any changes in your medications or health.
  • Adhere to the advice of your guide staff.
  • Continue to self-assess throughout the program, measuring your fitness, health, skills, and abilities against the demands required of the program.

RMI reserves the right to dismiss the Participant from a program or to send the Participant to a lower altitude at any time if the RMI Guide Staff determines, in its sole discretion, that the Participant is not physically, technically, or psychologically prepared for, or capable of participating in the program, or for any other reason that may compromise the safety, health or well-being of the Participant or the entire group. If this decision is made, the Participant will not receive any refunds or credits and will be financially responsible for any additional costs associated with an early departure, including but not limited to, evacuation, transportation, hotel reservationss, meals, etc.

Zero Tolerance Harassment Policy

Rainier Mountaineering, Inc. (RMI) does not tolerate harassment or mistreatment of our participants or employees. Inappropriate conduct under this policy may include conduct that creates a disrespectful, intimidating, hostile, degrading, humiliating, or offensive environment for a participant or employee. Engaging in such conduct is a violation of this policy.

RMI may consider conduct to violate the policy even if it falls short of unlawful harassment under applicable law. When determining whether conduct violates this policy, we will consider whether a reasonable person could conclude that the conduct created an intimidating, hostile, degrading, or demeaning environment.

Violation of this policy may result in removal from a program, as well as refusal to provide services indefinitely. We place the utmost value on the safety of our participants and employees. Please report any incidents to RMI management.

Age requirements

All participants must be 18 years old at the time of registration.

Photo Release

RMI’s Photo Release outlines the terms and conditions for using your likeness in photographs, videos, or other digital media. 

I hereby grant Rainier Mountaineering, Inc. (RMI) or its affiliates permission to use my likeness in a photograph, video, or other digital media (“photo”) in any and all of its publications, including web-based publications. By granting permission, you allow RMI to utilize these media for lawful purposes. 

Here are the key points:

  • Authorization: You authorize RMI to edit, alter, copy, exhibit, publish, or distribute the photos.
  • Ownership: All photos become the property of RMI and will not be returned.
  • Compensation: You will not be compensated for these uses.
  • Rights: RMI exclusively owns all rights to the images, videos, and recordings and to any derivative works created from them. 
  • Waiver: You waive the right to inspect or approve printed or electronic copies.
  • Release: You release Rainier Mountaineering, Inc. and its assigns and licensees from any claims arising from these uses, including defamation, invasion of privacy, rights of publicity, or copyright.
  • Hold Harmless: You hold harmless, release, and forever discharge RMI or its affiliates from any and all claims, demands, and causes of action which I, my heirs, representatives, executors, administrators, or any other persons acting on my behalf or on behalf of my estate have or may have by reason of this authorization.

Summit Attempt

RMI cannot guarantee that you will reach the summit. Weather, route conditions, your own abilities, or the abilities of other climbers may create circumstances that make an ascent unsafe, and you or your entire group may have to turnaround without reaching the summit.

Failure to reach the summit due to a person’s own lack of fitness or to any of the events associated with mountaineering (such as weather, route conditions, avalanche hazard, team dynamics, etc.), are not Rainier Mountaineering, Inc.’s responsibility and will not result in a refund, credit, or reschedule.

General Policies

RMI’s program schedule and itineraries are subject to change or adjustment based on a number of factors. These include, but are not limited to, route conditions, weather, group strength, terrain, other environmental factors, and many other factors. RMI has complete discretion to change plans to accommodate any of these or other factors, including but not limited to increases in program fees, changes to program schedule or itinerary, and changes to guides or staff, as necessary for the proper and safe conduct of the program. Once the program has started, the Lead Guide will decide on any changes to the itinerary, including ending the program early if the continuation of the program may compromise the safety, health, or well-being of the group.

We reserve the right to cancel any program due to inadequate signups, weather, route conditions, or for any other reason. In such a case, we will make every effort to reschedule the Participant on a different program date. If rescheduling is not possible, we will issue the Participant a refund for all program fees paid to RMI, less any non-refundable payments made on behalf of the Participant to secure any of the included land costs provided for this program, including, but not limited to, hotel accommodations, transportation, transfers, tours, group equipment and food, permits, and local outfitter services, prior to the cancellation of the program. Additionally, RMI cannot be responsible for any non-refundable expenses the Participant incurred in preparation for the program (i.e., airline tickets, hotel reservations, rental cars, equipment purchases or rentals, etc.).

Once a program begins, there are no refunds or credits for weather-related cancellations or for a program that may end early due to weather, route conditions, or any other circumstances that may compromise the health, safety, or well-being of the group. Furthermore, if the Participant decides for any reason not to begin a program or to discontinue a program at any time, no refunds or credits will be issued. The Participant will be responsible for all additional costs associated with an early departure, including but not limited to evacuation, transportation, hotel reservations, meals, etc.

The Participant is responsible for any costs due to COVID-19, including but not limited to, any testing fees to enter another country, tests required to return to the US, and/or costs associated with medical care and/or quarantine such as hotel accommodations, meals, separate transportation, etc.

Land Costs are provided as a package, and refunds or credits will not be issued for any unused meals, accommodations, group transportation, or other unused costs. Accommodations are based on double occupancy. A Single Supplement Fee will be charged to those Participants occupying single accommodations either by choice or circumstance. If you are willing to share a room, we will make every effort to pair you with another same-gender team member. We will match willing same-gender team members based on the order of registration date. If we are unable to match you with another same-gender team member, a single supplement fee will be charged. The availability of single accommodations is limited in most of the hotels where we stay, and single accommodations are not available while in the mountains.

The Participant understands and agrees that RMI assumes no responsibility or liability in connection with any travel and hospitality services provided to the Participant by other companies in connection with the program, including but not limited to, the services provided by airlines, hotels, rental cars, and transportation companies and that RMI is not responsible for any act, error, omission, or any injury, loss, accident, delay, irregularity, or danger by a supplier of travel or hospitality services to the Participant in connection with the RMI program. The Participant will be responsible for all costs associated with any travel delays, missed connections, or missing baggage that requires additional arrangements (separate transportation, hotel accommodations, meals, etc.) to be made on your behalf for you or your baggage to rejoin the program.

Related Trips

Mt. Elbrus North Side

Mt. Elbrus Summit & Ski Descent

Find Your Adventure

Filter results.

CELEBRATING OVER 50 YEARS OF MOUNTAIN GUIDING EXCELLENCE

RMI Expeditions 30027 SR 706 East Post Office Box Q Ashford, WA 98304

Phone: 1 (888) 892‑5462

Email: [email protected]

Privacy Policy

An illustration of a mountain with climbers on it

Sign up for our Newsletter

Image of Mt Rainier

Email Preferences

IMAGES

  1. Everest Base Camp Trek in March

    base camp trek in march

  2. Everest base camp trek in March: Weather, Tips, Events, Difficulty and

    base camp trek in march

  3. Everest Base Camp Trek in March

    base camp trek in march

  4. Annapurna Base Camp Trek in March

    base camp trek in march

  5. Everest Base Camp Trek in March

    base camp trek in march

  6. Everest Base Camp trek in March

    base camp trek in march

VIDEO

  1. What I Learned from Rucking 18.6 Miles (2023 Norwegian Foot March)

  2. At the base camp for KGL TREK 2024

  3. Battle March and Shoot

  4. Trekking in #nepal Annapurna Base Camp and Mardi Himal Base Camp Trek for 11 days from #Pokhara

  5. Everest Base Camp Trail Conquered in One Day: Rachel Boim Sets Epic New Speed Record!

COMMENTS

  1. Everest Base Camp Trek in March: Weather, Routes, Pack List, Travel

    The clouds do not obstruct your view because of the March breeze. Everest Base Camp Trek. The Everest Base Camp Trek is a 15-day trek. It is the world's most popular trekking destination. The highest point of the trek is Everest Base Camp (5,364m). Everest Base Camp Trek via Jiri. The Everest Base Camp Trek via Jiri is a 24-day trek. If you ...

  2. Everest Base Camp Trek in March: Weather, Travel Tips, Packing List and

    Everest base camp trek in March . Trek to Everest Base Camp during the March month is the ultimate time for high altitude walkers in Nepal Himalaya kingdom.March month is the beginning of spring in this season everything invigorates a new life of nature, the trekking trail will be quiet and offer you an amazing experience of the Everest base camp trek.

  3. Everest Base Camp Trek in March

    The routes of Everest Base Camp Trek are full of various tea-houses and lodges. You can find any type of accommodation on this trek. And rooms ranging from high to low prices. You will be getting basic facilities on food and accommodation in this Everest Base Camp Trek in March. Most of the rooms have two separate beds, a warm blanket, and a ...

  4. Annapurna Base Camp Trek in March

    The cost of these permits varies throughout the year. For your Annapurna base camp trek in March, however, the cost is as follows: Trekker's Information Management System's permit (TIMS) - USD 17 per person. Annapurna Conservation Area Entry Permit (ACAP) - USD 25 per person.

  5. Everest Base Camp Trek in March: Weather, Route, and More

    Weather Conditions and Temperature in March. In March, the Everest Base Camp Trek welcomes adventurers with a fascinating blend of weather conditions. This month marks the transition from the harsh winter season to the rejuvenating spring, known as "Bashant Ritu" in Nepal. During the day, temperatures are relatively warm, reaching ...

  6. Everest Base Camp in March: Travel Tips, Weather, and More

    The Ama Dablam Base Camp trek is also a great way to visit a place that most people miss when trekking in this region. Trekking peaks are generally accessible again in March, so if you want a greater challenge than a simple trek and have high-altitude climbing experience, a trekking peak is a good introduction to Himalayan climbing.

  7. Everest base camp trek in March: Weather, Tips, Events, Difficulty and

    Trekking to Everest base camp in march (or Everest base camp trek in march) is here to offer you the most amusing trek experience.March is the month where spring season starts. In this season everything revitalizes to a new life. Nacked dried forests transfigure to green lush jungles, flowers bloom, the fragrance of wile plants twirl in the air, and nature is absolutely painted with diverse ...

  8. Everest Base Camp Trek

    Best time to trek Everest Base Camp. There are two main seasons for trekking to EBC. The best months to trek to Everest base camp are in the pre-monsoon season through March, April, and May or in the post-monsoon season from late September, October, and November. It is not pleasant and can be dangerous to hike in bad weather.

  9. Everest Base Camp Trek in March

    The Ama Dablam Base Camp trek is also a great way to explore a place that many people seem to miss when trekking in this area. Trekking peaks are usually accessible again in March, so if you want a more difficult challenge than a simple trip and have prior high-altitude climbing experience, a trekking peak is a suitable beginning to Himalayan ...

  10. How To Do The Everest Base Camp Trek In Nepal

    The Mt Everest region has 4 different trekking seasons: March - May: High season. Best weather, with stable temperatures and bright sunny days, but the trails can get crowded. ... Everest Base Camp Trek Cost. For a 13 day trek, I paid about $21 USD per day for food, drinks, and room. Porter/guide was an extra $25 per day, although it's not ...

  11. Your Ultimate Guide to the Everest Base Camp Trek: Tips, Cost,Culture

    Embark on an unforgettable Everest Base Camp Trek with our comprehensive guide. Discover essential tips, cultural etiquette, and safety precautions to ensure a successful journey through the majestic Himalayas. ... Spring (March to May): A Vibrant and Popular Season. Spring is considered one of the best times to trek to Everest Base Camp ...

  12. Everest Base Camp in March

    During March, the daytime temperature in Nepal usually stays at 24 degrees but can reach 34 degrees and drop to 10 degrees at night. But you cannot find the same temperature as you trek to Everest Base Camp. Due to the high altitude, the temperature is still low but will remain mostly above 15 degrees.

  13. Everest Base Camp Trek in March

    Everest base camp trek in March is one of the most traveled trekking seasonal routes in Nepal. This Everest trekking route offers you one of Nepal's most thrilling trekking experiences. March is the starting month of the spring season, and everything revitalizes to a new life.

  14. How to trek to Everest Base Camp

    Day 7: Hike to Lobuche (4940m/16,207ft) Day 8: Hike to EBC (5364m/17,598ft) Day 9: Begin the return trek by hiking to Tengboche. Day 10: Hike to Namche Bazaar. Day 11: Hike to Lukla. Day 12: Return by plane from Lukla to Kathmandu. A map of the main routes to Everest Base Camp. Daniela Machová/Lonely Planet. Completing the route more quickly ...

  15. A Complete Guide to Everest Base Camp Trek

    A complete Everest Base Camp Trek guide explains trip facts, highlights, distance, duration, itinerary, needed gears, best time, and FAQS. All the information is included in a single blog. ... In March Everest Base Camp temperature ranges from max 7°C in a daytime to min -12°C in the nights and mornings. While in April, it fluctuates from max ...

  16. Everest Base Camp Trek in March: Weather and Temperature

    The nighttime temperature remains close to -7˚C till the end of the month. The snowfall till mid-March makes upper Everest regions like Dingboche, Lobuche, and Gorak Shep cold. The average daytime temperature here averages around -6˚C to -2˚C. Likewise, the average nighttime temperature remains between -18˚C to -13˚C. Place.

  17. Everest Base Camp Trek Guide

    The Everest Base Camp Trek is an exciting 14-day experience in Nepal. You will begin by flying into Kathmandu, followed by Lukla, a small mountain village. The trek will take you through several villages, forests, and beautiful mountains. This will help your body adjust to the altitude.

  18. Everest Base Camp Trek Packing List

    Almost all good tour operators will require that you have insurance. When it comes to the Everest Base Camp trek, standard insurance will not cut it. You need to get insurance that. 1. will cover you for trekking up to 6,000m in altitude, and. 2. include coverage for helicopter evacuation.

  19. Everest Base Camp Trek Packing List

    Everest Base Camp permits required 202 4. Local permit cost NPR 2000 ($20) Sagarmatha National Park Entry Permit (USD 30 + 13% Govt. Tax) Both permits can be bought during the trek at checkpoints at Lukla and Monjo. This is the easiest way to do it and you can not miss these checkpoints on the route.

  20. Annapurna Base Camp Trek in March

    In March, you get an outstanding view of Mt. Annapurna (8091m), the 10th highest mountain in the world from the base camp (4130m). You also get clear, panoramic views of Mt. Machhapuchhre (6997m), Glacier Dome, Gangapurna (7454m), the unclimbed Fang (7647m) and many more. During early March, you may get some light snowfall.

  21. Everest Base Camp Trek

    Above the icefall is Camp I at 6,065 m (19,900 ft) Camp 1 is mostly a temporary camp with most climbers just spending one night at this camp. Camp II. Base Camp II, Advanced Base Camp (ABC) is established at 6,400 m (21,300 ft). The Western Cwm is a relatively flat, gently rising glacial valley, marked by huge lateral crevasses in the centre ...

  22. Dyatlov Pass incident

    The Dyatlov Pass incident (Russian: гибель тургруппы Дятлова, romanized: gibel turgruppy Dyatlova, lit. 'Death of the Dyatlov Hiking Group') is an event in which nine Soviet hikers died in the northern Ural Mountains between February 1 and 2, 1959, under uncertain circumstances. The experienced trekking group from the Ural Polytechnical Institute, led by Igor Dyatlov, had ...

  23. Wagner Group rebellion

    On 23 June 2023, the Wagner Group, a Russian private military company, engaged in a major uprising against the Government of Russia.It marked the climax of the Wagner Group-Ministry of Defense conflict, which had begun about six months earlier.Russian oligarch Yevgeny Prigozhin, who had been leading Wagner Group activities in Ukraine, stood down after reaching an agreement a day later.

  24. Peak Lenin Base Camp Trek

    Peak Lenin Base Camp Trek - Kyrgyzstan Hiking Guide [2024] A firsthand experience at what it is like to climb and hike to Peak Lenin base camp, one of the highest mountains in Kyrgyzstan. Hiking to Peak Lenin Base Camp. We had left Sary Moghul behind and had been walking for more than two hours along the Alay Valley, a massive, isolated plain ...

  25. Mt. Elbrus

    We are available Monday thru Friday 8:30 a.m. to 4:00 p.m. at (888) 89-CLIMB or [email protected]. Mt. Elbrus is a stunning volcanic peak located in the Caucasus Mountains of Russia and at 18,510' it is Europe's, as well as Russia's, highest peak.